This fixes a typo in the previously committed partition map that led to
the extension of the read-only mtd partition "SSD" into the following
partitions.
Fixes: 4e46beb313 ("ipq806x: add support for Ubiquiti UniFi AC HD")
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
This allows libnetfilter_queue to access connection tracking information
by requesting NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK. Connection tracking information is
provided in the NFQA_CT attribute.
CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_GLUE_CT enables the interaction between
nf_queue and nf_conntrack_netlink. Without this option, trying to access
connection tracking information results in "Operation not supported".
Signed-off-by: Etan Kissling <etan_kissling@apple.com>
Both devices use u-boot env variables to boot OpenWrt from its flash
partition. Using u-boot envtools, it is possible to change the bootcmd
back to the stock firmware partition directly from OpenWrt without
attaching a serial cable or even physically accessing the device.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ8064
RAM: 512MB DDR3
Flash: 256MB NAND (Micron MT29F2G08ABBEAH4)
32MB SPI-NOR (Macronix MX25U25635F)
WLAN: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9994 4T4R b/g/n
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9994 4T4R a/n/ac
ETH: eth0 - SECONDARY (Atheros AR8033)
eth1 - MAIN (Atheros AR8033)
USB: USB-C
LED: Dome (white / blue)
BTN: Reset
Installation
------------
Copy the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the /tmp directory of the device
using scp. Default IP address is 192.168.1.20 and default username and
password are "ubnt".
SSH to the device and write the bootselect flag to ensure it is booting
from the mtd partition the OpenWrt image will be written to. Verify the
output device below matches mtd partition "bootselect" using /proc/mtd.
> dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 seek=7 conv=notrunc of=/dev/mtd11
Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the mtd partition labeled
"kernel0". Also verify the used partition device using /proc/mtd.
> dd if=/tmp/sysupgrade.bin of=/dev/mtdblock12
Reboot the device.
Back to stock
-------------
Use the TFTP recovery procedure with the Ubiquiti firmware image to
restore the vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
BCM4906, BCM4908 and BCM49408 are SoCs with 64 bit ARMv8 B53 CPUs.
Upstream Linux is slowly getting support for that SoCs family so it
makes sense to add target for it.
This prepares initial support for:
1. Asus GT-AC5300
BCM4908 based device (4 CPUs) with 1024 MiB RAM, NAND, 8 LAN ports.
2. Netgear R8000P
BCM4906 based device (2 CPUs) with 512 MiB RAM, NAND, 4 LAN ports.
Flashing info will come later as we learn how to generate proper images.
It isn't usable yet (it only produces a bootable kernel) so "source-only"
is used.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Enable the ability to use segment routing based on IPv6. It allows the
packet to specify a path that the packet should take through the
network.
Lwtunnel allow an easy encapsulation of a package. You can just install
ip-full package and use it:
ip -6 route add 2003::/64 dev eth0 encap seg6 mode encap \
segs 2001::1,2002::2
An IPv6 package looks like this:
[IPv6 HDR][IPv6 RH][IPv6 HDR][Data...]
Netifd support:
https://git.openwrt.org/?p=project/netifd.git;
a=commit;h=458b1a7e9473c150a40cae5d8be174f4bb03bd39
Increases imagesize by 24.125 KiB. Therefore, only enable for devices
with enough flash.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
When compiling with CONFIG_ALL_KMODS enabled, compilation might stall
due to unset rockchip-specific config symbols. Disable these to avoid
stalling this step.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ZyXEL GS1900-8HP is an 8 port gigabit switch with PoE+ support.
There are two versions on the market (v1 & v2) which share similar
specs (same flash size and flash layout, same RAM size, same PoE+ power
envelope) but have a different case and board layout that they each
share with other GS1900 siblings.
The v1 seems to share its PCB and case with non-PoE GS1900-8; as such,
adding support for the GS1900-8 would probably be trivial. The v2 seems
to share its casing and platform with its already supported bigger
brother, the GS1900-10HP - its board looks the same, except for two
holes where the GS1900-10 has its SFP ports.
Like their 10 port sibling, both devices have a dual firmware layout.
Both GS1900-8HP boards have the same 70W PoE+ power budget. In order to
manipulate the PoE+, one needs the rtl83xx-poe package [1].
After careful consideration it was decided to go with separate images
for each version.
Specifications (v1)
-------------------
* SoC: Realtek RTL8380M 500 MHz MIPS 4KEc
* Flash: Macronix MX25L12835F 16 MiB
* RAM: Nanya NT5TU128M8HE-AC 128 MiB DDR2 SDRAM
* Ethernet: 8x 10/100/1000 Mbit
* PoE+: Broadcom BCM59111KMLG (IEEE 802.3at-2009 compliant, 2x)
* UART: 1 serial header with populated standard pin connector on the
left side of the PCB, towards the bottom. Pins are labeled:
+ VCC (3.3V)
+ TX
+ RX
+ GND
Specifications (v2)
-------------------
* SoC: Realtek RTL8380M 500 MHz MIPS 4KEc
* Flash: Macronix MX25L12835F 16 MiB
* RAM: Samsung K4B1G0846G 128 MiB DDR3 SDRAM
* Ethernet: 8x 10/100/1000 Mbit
* PoE+: Broadcom BCM59121B0KMLG (IEEE 802.3at-2009 compliant)
* UART: 1 angled serial header with populated standard pin connector
accessible from outside through the ventilation slits on the
side. Pins from top to bottom are clearly marked on the PCB:
+ VCC (3.3V)
+ TX
+ RX
+ GND
Serial connection parameters for both devices: 115200 8N1.
Installation
------------
Instructions are identical to those for the GS1900-10HP and apply both
to the GS1900-8HP v1 and v2 as well.
* Configure your client with a static 192.168.1.x IP (e.g. 192.168.1.10).
* Set up a TFTP server on your client and make it serve the initramfs
image.
* Connect serial, power up the switch, interrupt U-boot by hitting the
space bar, and enable the network:
> rtk network on
* Since the GS1900-10HP is a dual-partition device, you want to keep the
OEM firmware on the backup partition for the time being. OpenWrt can
only boot off the first partition anyway (hardcoded in the DTS). To
make sure we are manipulating the first partition, issue the following
commands:
> setsys bootpartition 0
> savesys
* Download the image onto the device and boot from it:
> tftpboot 0x84f00000 192.168.1.10:openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8hp-v{1,2}-initramfs-kernel.bin
> bootm
* Once OpenWrt has booted, scp the sysupgrade image to /tmp and flash it:
> sysupgrade /tmp//tmp/openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8hp-v{1,2}-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[merge PoE case, keep device definitions separate, change all those
hashes in the commit message to something else so they don't get
removed when changing the commit ...]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ZyXEL GS1900-8HP v1, v2 and GS1900-10HP are all built on a similar
Realtek RTL8380M platform. Create a common DTSI in preparation for
GS1900-8HP support, and switch to the macros defined in rtl838x.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[drop redundant includes, use &mdio directly, do not replace SFP
ports]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove trailing whitespaces in two *.mk files.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[fix title, add message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ZyXEL spells its own name all uppercase with just the Y lowercase. Adapt
the realtek target to follow this (other OpenWrt targets already do so).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Move the memory out of the rtl838x.dtsi and into the device family DTSI
or device DTS if applicable. This aligns with upstream practice.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[add missing block for dgs-1210-10p, move block below chosen node]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The identifier is already present in rtl838x.dtsi, and adding it
twice is not only redundant but actually wrong.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For:
- ENH202 v1
- ENS202EXT v1
These boards were committed before it was discovered
that for all Engenius boards with a "failsafe" image,
forcing the failsafe image to load next boot
can be achieved by editing the u-boot environment like:
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
So it's not necessary to delete a partition to boot to failsafe image.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
This moves some of the Engenius boards from generic to tiny:
- EAP350 v1
- ECB350 v1
- ENH202 v1
For these, factory.bin builds are already failing on master
branch because of the unique situation for these boards:
- 8 MB flash
- an extra "failsafe" image for recovery
- TFTP does not work (barely possible with 600 MTU)
- bootloader loads image from a longer flash offset
- 1 eraseblock each needed for OKLI kernel loader and fake rootfs
- using mtd-concat to make use of remaining space...
The manual alternative would be removing the failsafe partition.
However this comes with the risk of extremely difficult recovery
if a flash ever fails because TFTP on the bootloader is bugged.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
imx6 has it's own pcie host driver so we do
not need the one from DW.
This fixes following boot error:
[ 0.156913] dw-pcie 1ffc000.pcie: IRQ index 1 not found
Fixes: 6d5291ff72 ("imx6: add support for kernel 5.4")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2 regulator descriptions carry identical naming.
This leads to following boot warning:
[ 0.173138] debugfs: Directory 'vdd1p8' with parent 'regulator' already present!
Fix this by renaming the one used for audio.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Strictly, an SPDX identifier requires a space between the comment
marker and the identifier itself. This has been addressed in
b69c21738e ("treewide: add space before SPDX identifier"), but
some new malformatted identifiers were merged recently.
This could have been prevented by using checkpatch.pl earlier.
Fixes: 1a775a4fd0 ("ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Fixes: 8ddaeaf642 ("ipq806x: create DTSI for TP-Link AD7200 and C2600")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TP-Link AD7200 appears with and without the "Talon" model name
prefix. Let's use both variants for 'make menuconfig' so everybody
can locate the device.
Concerning the revision, the TP-Link page lists v1 and v2 with the
device currently marked as "End of Life". However, the v2 and latest
v1 firmware are byte-identical. Thus, we only need one image for
this device and do not need to include the revision in the image name.
While at it, remove the useless BOARD_NAME variable which only makes
sense in combination with upgrade from legacy stable versions or when
custom upgrade scripts are involved.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both devices share most of their setup except buttons and LEDs,
so having a common DTSI removes a lot of duplicate code.
In order to have a shared partitioning scheme, device-id and
product-info from AD7200 have been merged into a single
product-info partition like for C2600.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This does several cosmetic adjustments for AD7200's DTS:
- Make node name, DT label and label property consistent
- Drop wrong and unused spi4 label
- Use generic flash@0 node name
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MT7915 radio currently advertises 2.4GHz channels while the antenna
path only supports 5 GHz. Limit the radio to 5GHz channels to prevent
users from configuring non-supported channels.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes the build problems for the REALTEK target by adding a proper
configuration option for the phy module.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
While the underscore in the name of the USB LEDs was removed from DTS,
/etc/board.d/01_leds also has to reflect that change.
Fixes: 28fd279e5d ("ipq806x: some corrections for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Hardware
--------
MediaTek MT7621AT
256M DDR3
32M SPI-NOR
MediaTek MT7603 2T2R 802.11n 2.4GHz
MediaTek MT7915 2T2R 802.11ax 5GHz
Not Working
-----------
- Bluetooth (connected to UART3)
UART
----
UART is located in the lower left corner of the board. Pinout is
0 - 3V3 (don't connect)
1 - RX
2 - TX
3 - GND
Console is 115200 8N1.
Boot
----
1. Connect to the serial console and connect power.
2. Double-press ESC when prompted
3. Set the fdt address
$ fdt addr $(fdtcontroladdr)
4. Remove the signature node from the control FDT
$ fdt rm /signature
5. Transfer and boot the OpenWrt initramfs image to the device.
Make sure to name the file C0A80114.img and have it reachable at
192.168.1.1/24
$ tftpboot; bootm
Installation
------------
1. Connect to the booted device at 192.168.1.20 using username/password
"ubnt".
2. Update the bootloader environment.
$ fw_setenv devmode TRUE
$ fw_setenv boot_openwrt "fdt addr \$(fdtcontroladdr);
fdt rm /signature; bootubnt"
$ fw_setenv bootcmd "run boot_openwrt"
3. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device using SCP.
4. Check the mtd partition number for bs / kernel0 / kernel1
$ cat /proc/mtd
5. Set the bootselect flag to boot from kernel0
$ dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 of=/dev/mtdblock4
6. Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to both kernel0 as well as kernel1
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock6
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock7
7. Reboot the device. It should boot into OpenWrt.
Below are the original installation instructions prior to the discovery
of "devmode=TRUE". They are not required for installation and are
documentation only.
The bootloader employs signature verification on the FIT image
configurations. This way, booting unauthorized image without patching
the bootloader is not possible. Manually configuring the bootcmd in the
U-Boot envronment won't work, as this is restored to the default value
if modified.
The bootloader is made up of three different parts.
1. The SPL performing early board initialization and providing a XModem
recovery in case the PBL is missing
2. The PBL being the primary U-Boot application and containing the
control FDT. It is LZMA packed with a uImage header.
3. A Ubiquiti standalone U-Boot application providing the main boot
routine as well as their recovery mechanism.
In a perfect world, we would only replace the PBL, as the SPL does not
perform checks on the PBLs integrity. However, as the PBL is in the same
eraseblock as the SPL, we need to at least rewrite both.
The bootloader will only verify integrity in case it has a "signature"
node in it's control device-tree. Renaming the signature node to
something else will prevent this from happening.
Warning: These instructions are based on the firmware intially
shipped with the device and potentially brick your device in a way it
can only be recovered using a SPI flasher.
Only (!) proceed if you understand this!
1. Extract the bootloader from the U-Boot partition using the OpenWrt
initramfs image.
2. Split the bootloader into it's 3 components:
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=spl.bin bs=1 skip=0 count=45056
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=pbl.uimage bs=1 skip=45056 count=143360
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=ubnt.uimage bs=1 skip=188416
3. Strip the uImage header from the PBL
$ dd if=pbl.uimage of=pbl.lzma bs=64 skip=1
4. Decompress the PBL
$ lzma -d pbl.lzma --single-stream
The decompressed PBL sha256sum should be
d8b406c65240d260cf15be5f97f40c1d6d1b6e61ec3abed37bb841c90fcc1235
5. Open the decompressed PBL using your favorite hexeditor. Locate the
control FDT at offset 0x4CED0 (0xD00DFEED). At offset 0x4D5BC, the
label for the signature node is located. Rename the "signature"
string at this offset to "signaturr".
The patched PBL sha256sum should be
d028e374cdb40ba44b6e3cef2e4e8a8c16a3b85eb15d9544d24fdd10eed64c97
6. Compress the patched PBL
$ lzma -z pbl --lzma1=dict=67108864
The resulting pbl.lzma file should have the sha256sum
7ae6118928fa0d0b3fe4ff81abd80ecfd9ba2944cb0f0a462b6ae65913088b42
7. Create the PBL uimage
$ SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=1607909492 mkimage -A mips -O u-boot -C lzma
-n "U-Boot 2018.03 [UniFi,v1.1.40.71]" -a 84000000 -e 84000000
-T firmware -d pbl.lzma patched_pbl.uimage
The resulting patched_pbl.uimage should have the sha256sum
b90d7fa2dcc6814180d3943530d8d6b0d6a03636113c94e99af34f196d3cf2ce
8. Reassemble the complete bootloader
$ dd if=patched_pbl.uimage of=aligned_pbl.uimage bs=143360 count=1
conv=sync
$ cat spl.bin > patched_uboot.bin
$ cat aligned_pbl.uimage >> patched_uboot.bin
$ cat ubnt.uimage >> patched_uboot.bin
The resulting patched_uboot.bin should have the sha256sum
3e1186f33b88a525687285c2a8b22e8786787b31d4648b8eee66c672222aa76b
9. Transfer your patched bootloader to the device. Also install the
kmod-mtd-rw package using opkg and load it.
$ insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1
Write the patched bootloader to mtd0
$ mtd write patched_uboot.bin u-boot
10. Erase the kernel1 partition, as the bootloader might otherwise
decide to boot from there.
$ mtd erase kernel1
11. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device and install
using sysupgrade.
FIT configurations
------------------
In the future, the MT7621 UniFi6 family can be supported by a single
OpenWrt image.
config@1: U6 Lite
config@2: U6 IW
config@3: U6 Mesh
config@4: U6 Extender
config@5: U6 LR-EA (Early Access - GA is MT7622)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Address most comments made by Adrian Schmutzler on the mailing list.
The device name is kept as 'TP-Link Talon AD7200' as that seems to be
the marketing name TP-Link chose for that device, it also matches the
naming scheme for other TP-Link devices (e.g. 'TP-Link Archer C7').
Fixes: 1a775a4fd0 ("ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Device hardware: https://deviwiki.com/wiki/TP-LINK_AD7200_(Talon)
The Talon AD7200 is basically an Archer C2600 with a third PCIe lane
and an 802.11ad radio. It looks like the Archers C2600/5400 but the
housing is slightly larger.
Specifications
--------------
- IPQ8064 dual-core 1400MHz
- QCA9988 2.4GHz WiFi
- QCA9990 5GHz WiFi
- QCA9500 60GHz WiFi
- 32MB SPI Flash
- 512MiB RAM
- 5 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
Installation
------------
Installation is possible from the OEM web interface.
Sysupgrade is possible.
TFTP recovery is possible.
- Image: AD7200_1.0_tp_recovery.bin
Notes
- This will be the first 802.11ad device supported by mainline.
Signed-off-by: Gary Cooper <gaco@bitmessage.de>
It is good practice to define device tree files based on specific
SoCs. Thus, let's not start to create files that are used across
different architectures.
Duplicate the DTSI file for D-Link DAP-2xxx in order to have one
for qca953x and one for qca955x, respectively.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The device is a one-port, but was set up as two-port by the
default case in 02_network. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* QCA9533, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* 10/100 Ethernet Port, 802.11af PoE
* IP55 pole-mountable outdoor case
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Specifications:
* QCA9558, 16 MiB Flash, 256 MiB RAM, 802.11n 3T3R
* QCA9984, 802.11ac Wave 2 3T3R
* Gigabit LAN Port (AR8035), 802.11at PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Specifications:
* QCA9533, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* 10/100 Ethernet Port, 802.11af PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Commit 29ca10e537 ("ipq806x: remove support for kernel 4.19") moved
DTS files to "files" directory, but after that a new DTS file was added
to the former "files-5.4" directory. Move it to the new directory.
Fixes: 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Kernel config does not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: 25d9df670b ("mediatek: add v5.4 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[split by targets]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
DTS files do not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: 0fbdb51f76 ("ipq40xx: add Edgecore OAP-100 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[split by targets]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The phy label/node name should correspond to the reg property.
While at it, use more common decimal notation for reg property itself.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 57e4cc8261.
Cmdline override patch was fixed. It's time for reenable
Asrock G10 support.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi> (run-tested for R7800)
900-arm-add-cmdline-override.patch have missplaced entry in
arch/arm/Kconfig file. It causes problem with other cmdline
patches. This patch put Kconfig entry in correct place.
Fixes: 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Suggested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi> (run-tested for R7800)
UDP tunneling support isn't user-selectable, but it's required by WireGuard
which is, for the time being, an out-of-tree module. We currently work around
this issue by selecting an unrelated module which depends on UDP tunnelling
(VXLAN). This is inconvenient, as it implies this unrelated module needs to be
built-in when doing a monolithic build.
Fix this inconvenience by making UDP tunneling user-selectable in the kernel
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
This patch was backported to the 5.4 kernel tree as commit
c2d5c4df27e0 at least since release v5.4.28. Since then, it enables RX
an TX ready override twice.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Since updating the MDIO driver, the probe will fail hard on any
PHY not present on the bus, while this was not the case prior.
Fixes commit 26b1f72381 ("ipq40xx: net: phy: ar40xx: remove PHY
handling")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9344 rev 2
* 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
WAN/LAN LEDs appear to be wrong in ar71xx and have been swapped here.
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[add LED swap comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9330 rev 1
* 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antenna
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9330 rev 1
* 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Invoke bundle-libraries.sh with any buildroot related directory entries
removed from $PATH to avoid picking up cross versions of utilities like
ldd which will not properly work when used against host executables.
This should fix executable bundling for glibc-target SDKs.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Invoke bundle-libraries.sh with any buildroot related directory entries
removed from $PATH to avoid picking up cross versions of utilities like
ldd which will not properly work when used against host executables.
This should fix executable bundling for glibc-target imagebuilders.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[drop redundant status from eth1]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The upgrade script for the openmesh sysupgrade procedure used always an 1
byte block size. This made it easier to seek the correct position in the CE
image and to make sure the right amount of data was copied. But this also
meant that the reading/writing of data required an excessive amount of
syscalls and copy operations.
A 5.4MB big sysupgrade image on an OM2P-HS v3 needed roughly 120s for the
write operation (170s in total) during the sysupgrade.
But it is possible to reduce this overhead slightly:
* index access to read the file size can be done in single 8 byte chunk
(while doing the seek with byte granularity) because each size entry is
example 8 bytes long
* the fwupgrade.cfg can be read as one block (while seeking to its position
using its actual byte offset) because it should be rather small and fit
into the RAM easily
* the kernel can be read in 1KB blocks (while seking to its positions using
its actual byte offset) because the the size of the kernel is always a
multiple of the NOR flash block size (64KB and 256KB)
This results in a sysupgrade write time of roughly 90s (140s in total).
This could be reduced even further when also using larger chunks for the
rootfs. But the squashfs rootfs image is at the moment always
(256KB or 64KB) * block + 4 bytes
long. It would be expected that the time for the sysupgrade write could be
reduced to roughly 30s (80s in total) when busybox's dd would support
the iflag count_bytes.
Reported-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antenna
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[wrap two very long lines, fix typo in comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After device support for ASRock G10 was added in [1], several
people reported broken ipq806x devices, with one or several of the
following symptoms:
- Device does not boot
- Sysupgrade does not work
- Serial console is broken
The issues appears to be caused by the introduction of the symbol
CONFIG_CMDLINE_OVERRIDE=y in [1].
This patch disables the corresponding symbol again and marks the
ASRock as BROKEN, as it probably won't work properly without it.
Further references:
https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=354098b86296e6 (commitcomment-45455875)
[1] 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
sysupgrade.bin has been added to IMAGES twice, resulting in
warnings like:
Makefile:86: warning: overriding recipe for target
'[...]/tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dap-2660-a1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin'
Makefile:86: warning: ignoring old recipe for target
'[...]/tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dap-2660-a1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin'
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current support for MikroTik NAND-based devices relies on a
gross hack that packs the kernel into a static YAFFS stub, as the
stock bootloader only supports booting a YAFFS-encapsulated kernel.
The problem with this approach is that since the kernel partition is
blindly overwritten without any kind of wear or badblock management
(due to lack of proper support for YAFFS in OpenWRT), the NAND flash
is not worn uniformly and eventually badblocks appear, leading to
unbootable devices.
This issue has been reported here [1] and discussed in more detail
here [2].
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/rb433-bad-sector-cannot-start-openwrt/71519
[2] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3026#issuecomment-673597461
Until a proper fix is found (or the stock bootloader supports other
filesystems), we disable building these images to prevent unknowing
users from risking their devices.
Thanks to Thibaut Varène for summarizing the details above.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A few devices in ath79 and ramips use mtd-concat to concatenate
individual partitions into a bigger "firmware" or "ubi" partition.
However, the original partitions are still present and visible,
and one can write to them directly although this might break the
actual virtual, concatenated partition.
As we cannot do much about the former, let's at least choose more
descriptive names than just "firmwareX" in order to indicate the
concatenation to the user. He might be less tempted into overwriting
a "fwconcat1" than a "firmware1", which might be perceived as an
alternate firmware for dual boot etc.
This applies the new naming consistently for all relevant devices,
i.e. fwconcatX for virtual "firmware" members and ubiconcatX for
"ubi" members.
While at it, use DT labels and label property consistently, and
also use consistent zero-based indexing.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Otherwise the missing symbol is added to target config for every kernel
config refresh.
While at it, remove the disabled symbol from target configs.
Fixes: 4943bc5cff ("kernel: only strip proc for small flash devices")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The option was introduced in upstream linux commit a6484045 ("[TCP]: Do
not present confusing congestion control options by default.").
The option is set to y in generic config and to the moment does not
incur additional size increment. Make it y for all so that packages
such as kmod-tcp-bbr do not have to set it on every occasion
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 256 MiB
FLASH1: 4 MiB NOR
FLASH2: 128 MiB NAND
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT: Reset
LED: Power, Internet
UART1: On board pin header near to LED (3.3V, TX, RX, GND), 3.3V without pin - 115200 8N1
OTHER: On board with BLE module - by cp210x USB serial chip
On board hareware watchdog with GPIO0 high to turn on, and GPIO4 for watchdog feed
Install via uboot tftp or uboot web failsafe.
By uboot tftp:
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-glinet_gl-ap1300-squashfs-nand-factory.ubi
(IPQ40xx) # run lf
By uboot web failsafe:
Push the reset button for 10 seconds util the power led flash faster,
then use broswer to access http://192.168.1.1
Afterwards upgrade can use sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Dongming Han <handongming@gl-inet.com>
This commit adds support for Qualcomm IPQ8062 SoC.
IPQ8062 is a lower clock variant of IPQ8064.
CPU and NSS clocks:
- CPU: 384 MHz - 1 GHz
- NSS: 110 MHz - 550 MHz
opp and l2 clock values are taken from WG2600HP3 GPL source code [1].
Due to a lack of devices, I didn't test the following features.
- SATA
- NAND flash memory controller
- SD
- USB
- GSBI2, GSBI7
- PCIE2
- GMAC0, GMAC3
Works properly:
- GSBI4 UART
- GSBI5 SPI
- GMAC1, GMAC2
- PCIE0, PCIE1
- MDIO0
Does not work properly:
- CPU SPC
- This can cause a system hang. Same as IPQ8065.
See 2336c2dbb1
[1] https://www.aterm.jp/function/wg2600hp3/appendix/opensource.html
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
FCC ID: U2M-EAP350
Engenius EAP350 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit PoE ethernet port,
2.4 GHz wireless, external ethernet switch, and 2 internal antennas.
Specification:
- AR7242 SOC
- AR9283 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH MX25L6406E
- 32 MB RAM EM6AA160TSA-5G
- UART at J2 (populated)
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz) (reset)
- 2 internal antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC address is labeled as "MAC"
Only 1 address on label and in flash
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
eth0 MAC *:0c art 0x0
phy0 --- *:0d ---
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.10.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EAP350 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-eap350-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-eap350-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the EAP series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1024k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR724x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
uboot did not have a good value for 1 GBps
so it was taken from other similar DTS file.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-EAP600
Engenius EAP600 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit ethernet port,
dual-band wireless, external ethernet switch, 4 internal antennas
and 802.3af PoE.
Specification:
- AR9344 SOC (5 GHz, 2x2, WMAC)
- AR9382 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16DG
- UART at H1 (populated)
- 5 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, wps) (reset)
- 4 internal antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled MAC1 and MAC2
The MAC address in flash is not on the label
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
eth0 MAC 1 *:5e ---
phy1 MAC 2 *:5f --- (2.4 GHz)
phy0 ----- *:60 art 0x0 (5 GHz)
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EAP600 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-eap600-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-eap600-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the EAP series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR934x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
Unfortunately uboot did not have the best values
so they were taken from other similar DTS files.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
The boards have equivalent hardware except for LEDs
and equivalent device config except for MACs
also use naming convention for mtd-concat partitions
to prepare for upcoming patch
"treewide: use more descriptive names for concatenated partitions"
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB600
Engenius ECB600 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit PoE ethernet port,
dual-band wireless, external ethernet switch, and 4 external antennas.
Specification:
- AR9344 SOC (5 GHz, 2x2, WMAC)
- AR9382 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16DG
- UART at H1 (populated)
- 4 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz) (reset)
- 4 external antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled MAC1 and MAC2
The MAC address in flash is not on the label
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
phy1 MAC 1 *:52 --- (2.4 GHz)
phy0 MAC 2 *:53 --- (5 GHz)
eth0 ----- *:54 art 0x0
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of ECB600 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-ecb600-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-ecb600-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the ECB series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR934x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
Unfortunately uboot did not have the best values
so they were taken from other similar DTS files.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Commit 5fc28ef479 ("ath79: Add support for Plasma Cloud PA300")
added the IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin/squashfs definition, which leaks into
other devices, resulting in sysupgrade.bin images that are actually
tarballs and do not boot when directly written to flash.
We can use the normal sysupgrade.bin command variable for this device.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
[fix format, spelling]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The image never worked in any release and is also broken in snapshots
due to stock bootloader not loading more than 4 MiB.
Hence it's better to remove the image for now, users who want to flash
OpenWrt on new devices may build LEDE 17.01 with everything possible
disabled to get a small enough and working factory image.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Lets use the generic upstream phy_print_status() instead of doing
something similar by hand.
Before:
ess_edma c080000.edma: eth1: GMAC Link is up with phy_speed=1000
After:
ess_edma c080000.edma eth1: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since we now have a proper PHY driver for QCA807x and AR803x has already
been supported properly there is no need for the driver to be poking
on PHY registers for ethtool ops.
So, lets simply use the generic
phy_ethtool_ksettings_get/phy_ethtool_ksettings_set functions.
This also has the advantage of properly populating stuff other than
speeds like, transceiver type, MDI-X etc.
ethtool before:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supported ports: [ TP MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
Link partner advertised pause frame use: No
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: No
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 1000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: internal
Auto-negotiation: on
MDI-X: Unknown
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
ethtool after:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supported ports: [ TP MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
Link partner advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 1000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: external
Auto-negotiation: on
MDI-X: off (auto)
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since the new PHY driver manages each PHY individually and therefore
registers each PHY that is marked with gpio-controller; DT property as a
GPIO controller we need to convert old DT bindings to account for this.
Only 2 boards use this so its not much of an issue.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This adds necessary DT properties for QCA807x PHY-s to IPQ4019 DTSI.
Also adds the PSGMII PHY as it wont get probed otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
PHY needs to be soft reset before starting it from ethernet driver as
AR40xx calibration will leave it in unwanted state.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since we now have proper PHY driver for the QCA807x PHY-s, lets remove
PHY handling from AR40xx.
This removes PHY driver, PHY GPIO driver and PHY init code.
AR40xx still needs to handle PSGMII calibration as that requires R/W
from the switch, so I am unable to move it into PHY driver.
This also converted the AR40xx driver to use OF_MDIO to find the MDIO
bus as it now cant be set through the PHY driver.
So lets depend on OF_MDIO in KConfig.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This adds driver for the Qualcomm QCA8072 and QCA8075 PHY-s.
They are 2 or 5 port IEEE 802.3 clause 22 compliant
10BASE-Te, 100BASE-TX and 1000BASE-T PHY-s.
They feature 2 SerDes, one for PSGMII or QSGMII connection with MAC,
while second one is SGMII for connection to MAC or fiber.
Both models have a combo port that supports 1000BASE-X and 100BASE-FX
fiber.
Each PHY inside of QCA807x series has 2 digitally controlled output only
pins that natively drive LED-s.
But some vendors used these to driver generic LED-s controlled by
user space, so lets enable registering each PHY as GPIO controller and
add driver for it.
This also adds the ability to specify DT properties so that 1000 Base-T
LED will also be lit up for 100 and 10 Base connections.
This is usually done by U-boot, but boards running mainline U-boot are
not configuring this yet.
These PHY-s are commonly used in Qualcomm IPQ40xx, IPQ60xx and IPQ807x
boards.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
With the reworked MDIO driver, EDMA will fail to get the MII BUS as it
used the MII BUS stored inside the MDIO structure private data.
This obviously does not work with the modernized driver, so lets switch
to using a purpose build of_mdio_find_bus() which will return the MII
BUS and only requires the MDIO node to be passed.
This is easy as we already have the node parsed.
Also, since we now require OF_MDIO add that as dependency.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
IPQ40xx MDIO driver was upstreamed in kernel version 5.8.
So lets backport the upstream version and drop our local one.
This also refreshed the kernel config since the symbol name has changed.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
ELECOM WRC-1167GST2 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac (Wi-Fi 5) router, based
on MT7621A.
Specification:
- SoC : MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM : DDR3 256 MiB
- Flash : SPI-NOR 32 MiB
- WLAN : 2.4/5 GHz 2T2R (MediaTek MT7615D)
- Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps x5
- Switch : MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys : 6x/6x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART : through-hole on PCB
- J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 57600n8
- Power : 12VDC, 1A
MAC addresses:
LAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:07 (Factory, 0xE000 (hex))
WAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:08 (Factory, 0xE006 (hex))
2.4 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:09 (none)
5 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:0A (none)
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot WRC-1167GST2 normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
4. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Notes:
- there is no way to configure the correct MAC address for secondary phy
(5GHz) on MT7615D
- Wi-Fi band on primary phy (2.4GHz) cannot be limitted by specifying
ieee80211-freq-limit
(fail to register secondary phy due to error)
- mtd-mac-address in the wifi node is required for using
mtd-mac-address-increment
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[rebase onto split DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ELECOM WRC-1167GS2-B is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac (Wi-Fi 5) router, based
on MT7621A.
Specification:
- SoC : MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM : DDR3 128 MiB
- Flash : SPI-NOR 16 MiB
- WLAN : 2.4/5 GHz 2T2R (MediaTek MT7615D)
- Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps x5
- Switch : MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys : 6x/6x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART : through-hole on PCB
- J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 57600n8
- Power : 12VDC, 1A
MAC addresses:
LAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:13 (Factory, 0xFFF4 (hex))
WAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:14 (Factory, 0xFFFA (hex))
2.4 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:15 (none)
5 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:16 (Factory, 0x4 (hex))
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot WRC-1167GS2-B normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
4. Wait ~120 seconds to complete flashing
Notes:
- there is no way to configure the correct MAC address for secondary phy
(5GHz) on MT7615D
- Wi-Fi band on primary phy (2.4GHz) cannot be limitted by specifying
ieee80211-freq-limit
(fail to register secondary phy due to error)
- mtd-mac-address in the wifi node is required for using
mtd-mac-address-increment
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[rebase onto split DTSI patch]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a dedicated DTSI for ELECOM WRC GS devices with 2 PCI
WiFi chips in preparation for the 1 chip - dual radio devices, so
the latter can reuse part of the common definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v71) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 32 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 (2 ports)
PLC: MaxLinear G.hn 88LX5152
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET, WiFi, PLC Button
LEDS: red/white home, white WiFi
To modify a retail device to run OpenWRT firmware:
1) Setup a TFTP server on IP address 192.168.0.100 and copy the OpenWRT
initramfs (initramfs-fit-uImage.itb) to the TFTP root as 'uploadfile'.
2) Power on the device while pressing the recessed reset button next to
the Ethernet ports. This causes the bootloader to retrieve and start
the initramfs.
3) Once the initramfs is booted, the device will come up with IP
192.168.1.1. You can then connect through SSH (allow some time for
the first connection).
4) On the device shell, run 'fw_printenv' to show the U-boot environment.
Backup this information since it contains device unique factory data.
5) Change the boot command to support booting OpenWRT:
# fw_setenv bootcmd 'sf probe && sf read 0x84000000 0x180000 0x400000 && bootm'
6) Change directory to /tmp, download the sysupgrade (e.g. through wget)
and install it with sysupgrade. The device will reboot into OpenWRT.
Notice that there is currently no support for booting the G.hn chip.
This requires userland software we lack the rights to share right now.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schake <stefan.schake@devolo.de>
Currently, you are not able to get statistics about IPv4 and IPv6
usage. This information can be collected via the snmp and snmp6.
However, in the current state this interface is disabled as you can
read in the "902-debloat_proc.patch":
"Strip non-essential /proc functionality to reduce code size"
Tools like netstat use the snmp/6 interface to collect interface
statistics. Some prometheus exporters also mention this:
- prometheus-collectors/netstat.lua
- prometheus-collectors/snmp6 (still a PR)
- collectd/snmp6 (still a PR)
PRs:
- https://github.com/collectd/collectd/pull/3789
- https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/14158
Instead of enabling it as default for all devices we condition it
default y if SMALL_FLASH
A test shows it needs around 16 kiB.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[fixed whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Seagate BlackArmor NAS220 is a consumer NAS
with two internal drive bays. The stock OS runs
RAID 1 over the disks via mdadm.
Device specification:
- SoC: Marvell 88F6192 800 MHz
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- 2 x internal SATA II drives
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps (single port, no switch)
- WLAN: None
- LED: Power, Status, Sata Activity
- Key: Power, Reset
- Serial: 10 pin header, (115200,8,N,1), 3.3V TTL
9|x - x|10
7|x - x|8
5|x - GND|6
3|x - RX|4
1|TX - x|2
front of case
- USB ports: 2 x USB 2.0
Flash instruction:
NOTE: this process uses a serial connection. It will upgrade the
bootloader and reset the bootloader environment variables
TFTP server setup
- Setup PC with TFTP server set the PC IP to 10.4.50.5 as TFTP server
- Copy these files to TFTP server location
- u-boot.kwb
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-initramfs-uImage
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-factory.bin
Seagate NAS setup
- Connect LAN cable between PC and seagate device
- Connect to serial to seagate device
Install u-boot
- Boot seagate device and stop in bootloader by pressing any key
- run 'printenv' from u-boot and save the values
- tftpboot 0x2000000 u-boot.kwb
- nand erase.part uboot
- nand write 0x2000000 0x0 ${filesize}
- reset
Update MAC address in u-boot env
- Stop in u-boot by pressing any key
- Get your MAC address from your saved printenv. Is also on chassis
- setenv ethaddr <your MAC>
- saveenv
Option 1 (recommended) - Install OpenWrt via initramfs and sysupgrade
- tftpboot 0x2000000 seagate_blackarmor-nas220-initramfs-uImage
- bootm 0x2000000
- *OpenWrt should be running now, however it is not written to flash yet*
- From the running instance of OpenWrt use Luci's "flash image" feature
from the web site or use sysupgrade from the console to write
seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin to flash
Option 2 - Install OpenWrt by flashing factory image from u-boot
- nand erase.part ubi
- tftpboot 0x2000000 seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-factory.bin
- nand write 0x2000000 ubi ${filesize}
- reset
Signed-off-by: Kip Porterfield <kip.porterfield@gmail.com>
The ASRock G10 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac "Gaming" router,
based on Qualcomm IPQ8064.
Specifications:
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ8064
CPU: Dual-Core A15 @ (384 - 1,400 MHz, 2C2T)
DRAM: 512 MiB (~467 MiB available)
NAND: 128 MB (Micron MT29F1G08ABBEAH4)
WLAN0: 4T4R 5 GHz Wlan (QCA9980)
WLAN1: 4T4R 2.4 GHz Wlan (QCA9980)
ETH: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (QCA8337)
INPUT: Reset Button, WPS 2.4G and WPS 5G Button
LEDS: 1 multicolor status LED
USB: 2x USB 3.0 Type-A
POWER: 12VDC/3A AC Adapter + dedicated Power Switch
UART: Setting is 115200-8-N-1. 1x4 .1" unpopulated header
on the PCB (J6 - very tiny silkscreen next to TX).
Pinout: 1. 3v3 (Square - best skipped!), 2. RX, 3. GND, 4. TX
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3.3v level converter!
(Depending on the serial adapter RX and TX might need to
be swapped).
Note about the IR-Remote:
There's a 8-Bit MCU (SONIX SN8F25E21SG) which is controlling the
IR-Remote and is fed by the IR-Photodiode. The SoC can talk to
the device via I2C. The vendor's GPL archive comes with the source
of the interface driver for this as a (character driver), the main
control software is however a blob.
Installation Instructions:
1. Download factory image to disk
2. Apply factory image via stock web-gui
Back to stock:
1. Login to router via ssh
2. run "asrock_g10_back_to_factory" script from /sbin
Notes:
- If something goes wrong durring sysupgrade, router will go back to
factory image.
- Asrock G10 uses partition layout from smem. So partition layout can
be normal or alternate.
- 900-arm-add-cmdline-override.patch was copied from 102-powerpc-add-cmdline-override.patch
from powerpc target.
Knowledge about BOOTCONFIG partition was based on user "jmomo" post from old
OpenWrt forum (Post #50):
https://forum.archive.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=65956&p=2
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[bump to 5.4, add factory image, fix sysupgrade, convert partition
layout to smem, remove ipq-wifi-asrock-g10 and use ART, minor fixes]
Co-Authored-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Ostapiuk <palibrzuch@gmail.com>
Newer EnGenius software that still uses the tar.gz platform
instead of the custom header requires more checks for upgrading,
but their script includes a way to skip them...
the existence of a file in the tar.gz called failsafe.bin
Their upgrade script has these lines:
\#pass check when upload with full image file
[ "${errcode}" -eq "1" ] && [ -f failsafe.bin ] && errcode="0"
This overrides the script's "errcode" variable
which can be set if any of the following actions/checks fail:
- untarring of the upload
- magic number for kernel: "2705"
- magic num for rootfs: "7371" or "6873"
- md5sums for each file in the format
filename:md5
- existence of a file matching FWINFO*
that it has boardname in the name somewhere (grep)
that the 4th field of separator "-" is at least 3 (version)
Otherwise we would need to generate md5sums in this strange format
and touch a file with specific requirements in the name.
This does not effect boards where the advanced checks do not apply.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[fixed SoB to match From:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
FCC ID: A8J-ENSTAC
Engenius EnStationAC v1 is an outdoor wireless access point/bridge with
2 gigabit ethernet ports on 2 external ethernet switches,
5 GHz only wireless, internal antenna plates, and proprietery PoE.
Specification:
- QCA9557 SOC
- QCA9882 WLAN (PCI card, 5 GHz, 2x2, 26dBm)
- AR8035-A switch (RGMII GbE with PoE+ IN)
- AR8031 switch (SGMII GbE with PoE OUT)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16FG
- UART at J10 (unpopulated)
- internal antenna plates (19 dbi, directional)
- 7 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wlan, RSSI) (reset)
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled as ETH and 5GHz
Vendor MAC addresses in flash are duplicate
eth0 ETH *:d3 art 0x0/0x6
eth1 ---- *:d4 ---
phy0 5GHz *:d5 ---
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fd70000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
TFTP recovery:
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board
hold or press reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EnStationAC is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Altitude Adjustment 12.09. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-ar71xx-enstationac-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-ar71xx-enstationac-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
Newer EnGenius software requires more checks but their script
includes a way to skip them, otherwise the tar must include
a text file with the version and md5sums in a deprecated format.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8033 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For QCA955x series, the PLL registers for eth0 and eth1
can be see in the DTSI as 0x28 and 0x48 respectively.
Therefore the PLL registers can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x18050028 1` and `md 0x18050048 1`.
For eth0 at 1000 speed, the value returned was
ae000000 but that didn't work, so following
the logical pattern from the rest of the values,
the guessed value of a3000000 works better.
later discovered that delay can be placed on the PHY end only
with phy-mode as 'rgmii-id' and set register to 0x82...
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[fixed SoB to match From:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
WNDR4700 uboot has an issue with decompressing kernel with default dictionary size (-d23 which is about 8MB).
Limiting lzma dictionary lowers memory footprint and allows device to boot the kernel.
The highest bootable dictonary size is 18, choosing 16 for an extra safety margin.
Kernel size befor and after:
-d23: 2663665 Bytes
-d16: 2892757 Bytes
Kernel size increased by 230kB (9%)
Fixes: FS#3258
Signed-off-by: Wiktor Stasiak <wiktor.stasiak@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: 128 MB (DDR3)
- Flash: 16 MB (SPI NOR)
- WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
- Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
- Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
- Buttons: Reset, WiFi Toggle, WPS
- LEDs: Power, Internet, WiFi 2.4G WiFi 5G, USB 2.0, USB 3.0
The R1 revision is identical to the A1 revision except
- No Config2 Parition, therefore
- factory partition resized to 64k from 128K
- Firmware partition offset is 0x50000 not 0x60000
- Firmware partitions size increased by 64K
- Firmware partition type is "denx,uimage", not "sge,uimage"
- Padding of image creation "uimage-padhdr 96" removed
Installation:
- Older firmware versions: put the factory image on a USB stick, turn on
the telnet console, and flash using the following cmd
"fw_updater Linux /mnt/usb_X_X/firmware.bin"
- D-Link FailsafeUI:
Power down the router, press and hold the reset button, then
re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the internet LED stops
flashing, then jack into any lan port and manually assign a static IP
address in 192.168.0.0/24 other than 192.168.0.0 (e.g. 192.168.0.2)
and go to http://192.168.0.1
Flash with the factory image.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
Some Russian d-link routers require that their firmware be signed with a
salted md5 checksum followed by the bytes 0x00 0xc0 0xff 0xee. This tool
signs factory images the OEM's firmware accepts them.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
Specifications:
* QCA9557, 16 MiB Flash, 128 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* QCA9882, 802.11ac 2T2R
* Gigabit LAN Port (AR8035), 802.11af PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
The Ubiquiti Network airCube AC is a cube shaped device supporting
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with internal 2x2 MIMO antennas.
It can be powered with either one of:
- 24v power supply with 3.0mm x 1.0mm barrel plug
- 24v passive PoE on first LAN port
There are four 10/100/1000 Mbps ports (1 * WAN + 3 * LAN).
First LAN port have optional PoE passthrough to the WAN port.
SoC: Qualcomm / Atheros AR9342
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
Ethernet: 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps (1 WAN + 3 LAN)
LEDS: 1x via a SPI controller (not yet supported)
Buttons: 1x Reset
Serial: 1x (only RX and TX); 115200 baud, 8N1
Missing features:
- LED control is not supported
Physical to internal switch port mapping:
- physical port #1 (poe in) = switchport 2
- physical port #2 = switchport 3
- physical port #3 = switchport 5
- physical port #4 (wan/poe out) = switchport 4
Factory update is tested and is the same as for Ubiquiti AirCube ISP
hence the shared configuration between that devices.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAPR-2nD (wAP R)
router, a weatherproof 2.4 GHz access point with a miniPCI-e slot and
a SIM card slot.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- Flash: 16 MB (SPI)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps (PoE in)
- WiFi: AR9531 2T2R 2.4 GHz (SoC)
- miniPCI-e slot
- 4x green LEDs (1x WiFi, 3x RSSI)
- 1x reset button
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAPR-2nD for more details.
Flashing:
TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Device specifications:
* QCA IPQ4019
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (w25q256)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=20,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 36-64)
- QCA9888 hw2.0 (PCI)
- requires special BDF in QCA9888/hw2.0/board-2.bin
bus=pci,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 100-165)
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=21,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* GPIO-LEDs for 2.4GHz, 5GHz-SoC and 5GHz-PCIE
* GPIO-LEDs for power (orange) and status (blue)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio3:
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ used as LAN interface
- phy@mdio4:
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
+ 802.3at POE+
+ used as WAN interface
* 12V 2A DC
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <marek.lindner@kaiwoo.ai>
[sven@narfation.org: prepare commit message, rebase, use all LEDs, switch
to dualboot_datachk upgrade script, use eth1 as designated WAN interface]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* QCA IPQ4018
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (w25q256)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA1200
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA1200
* 3x GPIO-LEDs for status (cyan, purple, yellow)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio4:
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ used as LAN interface
- phy@mdio3:
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
+ 802.3af/at POE(+)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12V/24V 1A DC
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <marek.lindner@kaiwoo.ai>
[sven@narfation.org: prepare commit message, rebase, use all LEDs, switch
to dualboot_datachk upgrade script, use eth1 as designated WAN interface]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Other vendors are using functionality similar to the ones OpenMesh used to
implement two areas on the flash to store the default image and a fallback
image. So just change the name to dualboot_datachk.sh to avoid duplicated
code just to have the same script for different vendors.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash (mx25l12805d)
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 2
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antennas
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash (mx25l12805d)
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 2
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The MIPS code is supposed to fall back to u-boots bootargs whenever the
/chosen/bootargs property is missing. But this feature was accidentally
disabled when the boot_command_line was initialized with an empty space
just to work around problems with early_init_dt_scan_chosen.
But this feature is necessary for some boards which have a dualboot
mechanism and whose u-boot is calculating the correct partition at runtime
without writing this information back to the u-boot-env.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB350
Engenius ECB350 v1 is an indoor wireless access point with a gigabit ethernet port,
2.4 GHz wireless, external antennas, and PoE.
**Specification:**
- AR7242 SOC
- AR9283 WLAN 2.4 GHz (2x2), PCIe on-board
- AR8035-A switch RGMII, GbE with 802.3af PoE
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH 25L6406EM2I-12G
- 32 MB RAM
- UART at J2 (populated)
- 2 external antennas
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, lan, wlan) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
MACs are labeled as WLAN and WAN
vendor MAC addresses in flash are duplicate
phy0 WLAN *:b8 ---
eth0 WAN *:b9 art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
**TFTP recovery** (unstable / not reliable):
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of ECB350 v1 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel size to be no greater than 1536k
and otherwise the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
The factory upgrade script follows the original mtd partitions.
**Note on PLL-data cells:**
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the AR8035 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet port.
For AR724x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from u-boot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`
However the registers that u-boot sets are not ideal and sometimes wrong...
the at803x driver supports setting the RGMII clock/data delay on the PHY side.
This way the pll-data register only needs to handle invert and phase.
for this board no extra adjustements are needed on the MAC side
all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Add support for the ar71xx supported GL.iNet GL-USB150 to ath79.
GL.iNet GL-USB150 is an USB dongle WiFi router, based on Atheros AR9331.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- Realtek RTL8152B USB to Ethernet bridge (connected with AR9331 PHY4)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 2x LED, 1x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Vendor software is based on openwrt so you can flash the sysupgrade
image via the vendor GUI or using command line sysupgrade utility.
Make sure to not save configuration over reflash as uci settings
differ between versions.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
factory.bin was not tested for ECB1750...
but it was tested on it's sister board ECB1200
The product ID for the header can be verified by inspecting
the header of OEM images, or in the u-boot environment.
Also:
- the LAN LED is controlled directly by the AR8035 switch
- the labelled (first increment) MAC for both is ethaddr (eth0)
- list packages in alphabetical order
- use default sysupgrade.bin recipe
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
These boards are sister boards
exactly the same hardware except that ECB1200 has:
- QCA9557
- 2 RF circuits/antennas per band instead of 3
- a resistor blocking UART RX line
Tested-by: sven friedmann <sf.openwrt@okay.ms>
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB1200
Engenius ECB1200 is an indoor wireless access point with a GbE port,
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless, external antennas, and 802.3af PoE.
**Specification:**
- QCA9557 SOC MIPS, 2.4 GHz (2x2)
- QCA9882 WLAN PCIe card, 5 GHz (2x2)
- AR8035-A switch RGMII, GbE with 802.3af PoE, 25 MHz clock
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH 25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM 1538ZFZ V59C1512164QEJ25
- UART at JP1 (unpopulated, RX shorted to ground)
- 4 external antennas
- 4 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wifi2g, wifi5g) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
MAC Addresses are labeled as ETH and 5GHZ
U-boot environment has the vendor MAC addresses
MAC addresses in ART do not match vendor
eth0 ETH *:5c u-boot-env ethaddr
phy0 5GHZ *:5d u-boot-env athaddr
---- ---- ???? art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
(see TFTP recovery)
perform a sysupgrade
**Serial Access:**
the RX line on the board for UART is shorted to ground by resistor R176
therefore it must be removed to use the console
but it is not necessary to remove to view boot log
optionally, R175 can be replaced with a solder bridge short
the resistors R175 and R176 are next to the UART pinout at JP1
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
Unlike most Engenius boards, this does not have a 'failsafe' image
the only way to return to OEM is TFTP or serial access to u-boot
**TFTP recovery:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, TFTP is reliable here
rename initramfs-kernel.bin to 'ap.bin'
make the file available on a TFTP server at 192.168.1.10
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
or with serial access:
run `tftpboot` or `run factory_boot` with initramfs-kernel.bin
then `bootm` with the load address
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of ECB1200 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Altitude Adjustment 12.09.
This Engenius board, like ECB1750, uses a proprietary header
with a unique Product ID. The header for factory.bin is
generated by the mksenaofw program included in openwrt.
**Note on PLL-data cells:**
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the AR8035 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet port.
For QCA955x series, the PLL registers for eth0 and eth1
can be see in the DTSI as 0x28 and 0x48 respectively.
Therefore the PLL registers can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x18050028 1` and `md 0x18050048 1`.
However the registers that u-boot sets are not ideal and sometimes wrong...
the at803x driver supports setting the RGMII clock/data delay on the PHY side.
This way the pll-data register only needs to handle invert and phase.
for this board clock invert is needed on the MAC side
all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-ESR750H
Engenius ESR600H is an indoor wireless router with a gigabit switch,
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless, internal and external antennas, and a USB port.
**Specification:**
- RT3662F MIPS SOC, 5 GHz WMAC (2x2)
- RT5392L PCI on-board, 2.4 GHz (2x2)
- AR8327 RGMII, 7-port GbE, 25 MHz clock
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH 25L6406EM2I-12G
- 64 MB RAM
- UART at J12 (unpopulated)
- 2 internal antennas (5 GHz)
- 2 external antennas (2.4 GHz)
- 9 LEDs, 1 button (power, wps, wifi2g, wifi5g, 5 LAN/WAN)
- USB 2 port (GPIO controlled power)
**MAC addresses:**
MAC Addresses are labeled as WAN and WLAN
U-boot environment has the the vendor MAC address for ethernet
MAC addresses in "factory" are part of wifi calibration data
eth0.2 WAN *:13:e7 u-boot-env wanaddr
eth0.1 ---- *:13:e8 u-boot-env wanaddr + 1
phy0 WLAN *:14:b8 factory 0x8004
phy1 ---- *:14:bc factory 0x4
**Installation:**
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page
OEM webpage at 192.168.0.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to Network Setting --> Tools --> Firmware
Click Browse and select the factory.dlf image
Click Continue to confirm and wait 6 minutes or more...
Method 2: Serial console to load TFTP image:
(see TFTP recovery)
**Return to OEM:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, this does not have a 'failsafe' image
the only way to return to OEM is serial access to uboot
Unlike most Engenius boards, public images are not available...
so the only way to return to OEM is to have a copy
of the MTD partition "firmware" BEFORE flashing openwrt.
**TFTP recovery:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, TFTP is reliable here
however it requires serial console access
(soldering pins to the UART pinouts)
build your own image...
with 'ramdisk' selected under 'Target Images'
rename initramfs-kernel.bin to 'uImageESR-600H'
make the file available on a TFTP server at 192.168.99.8
interrupt boot by holding or pressing '4' in serial console
as soon as board is powered on
`tftpboot 0x81000000`
`bootm 0x81000000`
perform a sysupgrade
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
This Engenius board uses the Senao proprietary header
with a unique Product ID. The header for factory.bin is
generated by the mksenaofw program included in openwrt.
.dlf file extension is also required for OEM software to accept it
**Note on using OKLI:**
the kernel is now too large for the bootloader to handle
so OKLI is used via the `kernel-loader` image command
recently in master several other ramips boards have the same problem
'Kernel panic - not syncing: Failed to find ralink,rt3883-sysc node'
see commit ad19751edc
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
If _machine_hang is not defined on MIPS, the kernel will check if the
CPU can enter a more power efficient sleep mode. Since the realtek
platform supports mips32_r2, this should issue a WAIT instruction
instead of a trivial infinite loop.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Most of Build/elecom-wrc-factory and Build/elecom-wrc-gs-factory are
nearly equal, Unify those definitions by using "-N" option of mkhash and
splitting the appending text at the end of firmware image for WRC-GS/GST
devices.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Incorrect values were used for the switch initialization causing the
lan port leds to not light up in case of 10Mb or 100Mb connections.
This commit fixes this problem and removes unused values.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh run in a fresh clone
without any existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Backport the upstream kernel fix 525b0858ff to get rid of the kernel
messages:
mvebu-gpio xxxxxx.gpio: IRQ index 3 not found
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The WAN port on Netgear D7800 is unable to connect to an ISP when the
link to the modem is running at less than 1GB.
This patch fixes the issue by removing the phy-handle definition
and replacing it with a fixed-link definition
The WAN port is then able to connect to a modem via a link running at 100Mbs or 10Mbs
Fixes: FS#3086
Signed-off-by: Peter Cardoe <peter@cardoe.co.uk>
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE comes with a Ricoh RS5C372A real time
clock. This RTC has the INTRA pin connected to the power management
circuit, allowing to wake up the device from the power off state when an
alarm is scheduled.
Add the "wakeup-source" property in the RTC dts node to allow the use
of the alarm.
Example of use, the device is powered off and it comes to life after 5
minutes:
echo $(expr $(date '+%s') + 60 * 5) > /sys/class/rtc/rtc0/wakealarm
poweroff
This feature isn't available in the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The rs5c372 RTC driver has alarm support, but it can't be enabled and only
can handle 24 hours in the future spite the chip is 1 week capable. Provide
these two patches:
- Support alarms up to 1 week
- Let the wakealarm to be used as a wakeup source
This patch makes the alarm wakeup feature to be available in the Buffallo
Linkstation LS421DE (mvebu target) and should also work with any other
device if the hardware has the proper capability.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE isn't able to enable the Level 2 cache
(AKA Aurora cache). As of result of this, the throughput is about half of
the expected, e.g when doing network data transfers.
Fix it by adding the broken-idle property in the coherency fabric node.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
'bootz' expects gziped kernel image anyway, so hard-code it to zImage,
and remove root path from 'load' commands, by default the files are
searched in root directory.
This will make the bootscript static, so the command which modified it
when image was created can now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Don't hard-code the PTUUID, use U-Boot commands to determine it, as some
partitioning tools could rewrite PTUUID when modifying partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This chunk got mistakenly removed from 30c95c4, since the get_image_dd
evaluates only first agument, so that check is useless.
Fixes: 30c95c4 ("tegra: sysupgrade: use get_image_dd wrapper")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
CIFS_STATS is a debugging option. It is not really useful for end users
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[fixed missing config-4.19 file]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail" switched initramfs to
now use tmpfs, it causes $(rootfs_type) to now return tmpfs when
running initramfs image instead of being empty.
This broke initramfs detection which is required so that when installing
on MikroTik devices firmware partition would first get erased fully
before writing.
So, lets test for $(rootfs_type) returning "tmpfs" instead.
Fixes: 7fd3c68 ("initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail)
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The flash capacity is divided in two flash chips and currently only
first is used. Increase available space for OpenWrt by additional 16 MiB
using mtd-concat driver. Because U-Boot might not be able to load kernel
image spanned through two flash chips, the size of kernel is limited
to space available on first first chip.
Cc: Vladimir Georgievsky <vladimir.georgievsky@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
AirTight Networks (later renamed to Mojo Networks) C-75 is a dual-band
access point, also sold by WatchGuard under name AP320.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9550
RAM: 128 MiB DDR2
Flash: 2x 16 MiB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 3T3R integrated
5 GHz 3T3R QCA9890 oversized Mini PCIe card
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8334
port labeled LAN1 is PoE capable (802.3at)
USB: 1x 2.0
LEDs: 7x which two are GPIO controlled, four switch controlled, one
controlled by wireless driver
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
Serial: RJ-45 port, Cisco pinout
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
JTAG: Yes, pins marked J1 on PCB
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs-kernel image.
2. Connect to one of LAN ports.
3. Connect to serial port.
4. Power on the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
5. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 <openwrt_initramfs-kernel_image_name>
bootm 0x81000000
6. Wait about 1 minute for OpenWrt to boot.
7. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
8. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt. Wait few
minutes, until the Power LED stops blinking, then it's ready for
configuration.
Known issues
Green power LED does not work.
Additional information
The U-Boot fails to initialise ethernet ports correctly when a UART
adapter is attached to UART pins (marked J3 on PCB).
Cc: Vladimir Georgievsky <vladimir.georgievsky@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Adjust spelling of vendor names to what is used in other places.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Adjust spelling of vendor name to what is used in other places.
Also move definition in shared section.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These parameters are the same as in vr9.dtsi. This patch removes
redundant parameters.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
The PPE only provides a 14 bit hash, however many uses of the skb hash
expect the hash to use the full 32 bit range.
Use jhash to extend the hash to the full size
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
phy-mode is already set to rgmii for eth0 and sgmii for eth1 in
qca955x.dtsi, no need to do that again in the device DTS files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The GL-MT1300 is a high-performance new generation pocket-sized router
that offers a powerful hardware and first-class cybersecurity protocol
with unique and modern design.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621A, Dual-Core @880MHz
- RAM: 256 MB DDR3
- Flash: 32 MB
- Ethernet: 3 x 10/100/1000: 2 x LAN + 1 x WAN
- Wireless: 1 x MT7615D Dual-Band 2.4GHz(400Mbps) + 5GHz(867Mbps)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 port
- Slot: 1 x MicroSD card slot
- Button: 1 x Reset button
- Switch: 1 x Mode switch
- LED: 1 x Blue LED + 1 x White LED
MAC addresses based on vendor firmware:
WAN : factory 0x4000
LAN : Mac from factory 0x4000 + 1
2.4GHz : factory 0x4
5GHz : Mac form factory 0x4 + 1
Flashing instructions:
1.Connect to one of LAN ports.
2.Set the static IP on the PC to 192.168.1.2.
3.Press the Reset button and power the device (do not release the button).
After waiting for the blue led to flash 5 times, the white led will
come on and release the button.
4.Browse the 192.168.1.1 web page and update firmware according to web
tips.
5.The blue led will flash when the firmware is being upgraded.
6.The blue led stops blinking to indicate that the firmware upgrade is
complete and U-Boot automatically starts the firmware.
For more information on GL-MT1300, see the OFFICIAL GL.iNet website:
https://www.gl-inet.com/products/gl-mt1300/
Signed-off-by: Xinfa Deng <xinfa.deng@gl-inet.com>
[add input-type for switch, wrap long line in 10_fix_wifi_mac]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The sub target does not support network and there are not so many users
out there, just mark it as source only, so we do jot have to build it.
The quality is not worse than before, it just does not make much sense
to build this automatically.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Package architecture aarch64_generic [1] can be used just with three
devices. One is NanoPI R2S and then there are two development boards
from NXP. Let's change armvirt/64 to Cortex A53 (aarch64_cortex-a53)
[2]. It has wider support by multiple devices like NanoPI Neo Plus2/Core2,
ESPRESSObin, Pine64, and Raspberry Pi 2&3.
While looking at ARMvirt/32 it has set CPU_TYPE and CPU_SUBTYPE to be
arm_cortex-a15_neon-vfpv4 [3]. It has support to devices like
Linksys EA8500 v1, Linksys EA7500 v1, Netgear D7800, Netgear R7500 and so on.
Tested with:
qemu-system-aarch64 -m 1024 -smp 2 -cpu cortex-a57 -M virt -nographic \
-kernel openwrt-armvirt-64-Image-initramfs
Successfully compiled and booted.
Here goes the output:
root@OpenWrt:/# uname -a
Linux OpenWrt 5.4.82 #0 SMP Sun Dec 13 12:52:10 2020 aarch64 GNU/Linux
root@OpenWrt:/# cat /etc/openwrt_release
DISTRIB_ID='OpenWrt'
DISTRIB_RELEASE='SNAPSHOT'
DISTRIB_REVISION='r15207-96fca0f807'
DISTRIB_TARGET='armvirt/64'
DISTRIB_ARCH='aarch64_cortex-a53'
DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION='OpenWrt SNAPSHOT r15207-96fca0f807'
DISTRIB_TAINTS='no-all'
Also, change BOARDNAME to be the same as it is in armvirt/32.
[1] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/aarch64_generic
[2] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/aarch64_cortex-a53
[3] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/arm_cortex-a15_neon-vfpv4
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
This device has (almost?) identical hardware to the F9J1108 v2 but uses
a different firmware magic and model number.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 16 MiB NOR
RAM: 128 MiB
WiFi 2.4 GHz: QCA9558-AT4A 3x3 MIMO 802.11b/g/n
WiFi 5 GHz: QCA9880-2R4E 3x3 MIMO 802.11a/n/ac
Ethernet: 4x LAN and 1x WAN (all 1Gbit/s ports)
USB: 1 x USB 2.0 (lower), 1 x USB 3.0 (upper)
MAC addresses based on OEM firmware:
Interface Address Location
--------- ------- --------
lan *:5A sometimes in 0x6
wan *:5B 0x0
2.4Ghz *:5A 0x1002
5Ghz As per mini PCIe EEPROM
Flashing instructions:
The factory.bin can be flashed via the Belkin web UI or via the uboot
HTTP upgrade page (which is by default listening on 192.168.2.1). Once
the factory.bin has been written, sysupgrade.bin will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Belkin F9J1108 v2 and F9K1115 v2 are (seemingly) identical hardware
with different model numbers. Extract all non-device specific code to a
common .dtsi so it can be re-used when adding support for the
F9K1115 v2.
Similar to the .dtsi most of the image building recipe code can be
re-used. Move everything except the device model, edimax header magic
and edimax header model into a shared build recipe.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
[drop duplicate TARGET_DEVICES, add EDIMAX_* to DEVICE_VARS, edit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts the usage of the S-Tag for separating LAN and WAN port on
the embedded switch. Many users complained about not being able to
manage C-Tag addition / removal on the switch as well as degraded
performance.
Fixes: commit 9da2b56760 ("ipq40xx: fix ethernet vlan double tagging")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ASUS MAP-AC2200 suffers from a lower transmit/receive
signal power as compared to the stock firmware.
Upon investigation, it was discovered that stock firmware from
the GPL_MAP-AC2200_3.0.0.4.384.46249-g97d05bb.tar archive.
set the following GPIOs in "release/src/router/rc/init.c".
GPIO 44 and 46 have to be set to output high
GPIO 45 and 47 have to be set to output low
Here are some results, after activating the relevant
gpios through cmdline:
<https://forum.openwrt.org/t/asus-map-ac2200-low-transmit-receive-signal-5ghz/69005/12>
THX @ slh
Fixes: 9ad3967f14 ("ipq40xx: add support for ASUS Lyra")
Signed-off-by: Yushi Nishida <kyro2man@gmx.net>
[slightly rewritten commit, added missing <>)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This adds DTB to kernel and that way makes it possible to easily boot
initramfs image and also kernel.
The sequence to boot initramfs on Omnia is then just:
env set bootargs earlyprintk console=ttyS0,115200
dhcp 0x1000000 192.168.1.1:openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootz 0x1000000
Without this change kernel boot won't proceed and is stuck on "Starting
kernel".
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
[fixed From: to match with SoB:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cppcheck shows here duplicated break.
Code `state->speed = SPEED_1000;` will be never executed because above
it there is break statement.
Almost identical statement is placed in another realtek driver
18a53d43d6/target/linux/realtek/files-5.4/drivers/net/dsa/rtl83xx/dsa.c (L286-L294)
Signed-off-by: Rafał Mikrut <mikrutrafal@protonmail.com>
Cppcheck shows self initialization error, which is an obvious bug.
Basing on logic of similar fragment below I assigned to this variable,
value `RTL838X_LED_GLB_CTRL` which I think is proper.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Mikrut <mikrutrafal@protonmail.com>
The Netgear DGND3700v1/DGND3800B shows kernel redundant info at the board
message, already provided by the machine info message.
Use the real board name which is silkscreened on the PCB and used in the
stock firmware header.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Removed since included upstream and could be reverse-applied by quilt:
backport-5.4/315-v5.10-usbnet-ipeth-fix-connectivity-with-ios-14.patch
Remaining modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [build/run x86_64]
Innacomm W3400V6 is an xDSL B/G wireless router based on Broadcom BCM6328 SoC.
Hardware:
SoC: Broadcom BCM6328
CPU: BMIPS4350 V8.0, 320 MHz, 1 core
Flash: SPI-NOR 8MB, MX25L6406E
RAM: 64 MB
Ethernet: 4x 10/100 Mbps
Switch: Integrated
Wireless: 802.11b/g, BCM4312
LEDs/Buttons: 9x / 2x
Flash instruction, web UI:
1) Set a static IP on your computer compatible
with 192.168.1.1, i.e 192.168.1.100
2) Connect the ethernet cable from your computer to the router.
3) Make sure the router is powered off.
4) Press the reset button, don't release it yet!
5) While pressing reset, power on the router.
6) Wait 10 seconds or more.
Note: The power LED is red at first then turns to solid
green when ready.
8) Release the reset button.
9) Browse to 192.168.1.1
10) Select .bin file.
10) Upgrade the image.
11) Wait for it to reboot.
Signed-off-by: Sieng Piaw Liew <liew.s.piaw@gmail.com>
[Ammend commit description, merge patches, DT improvements]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This aligns the device/image names of the older Xiaomi Mi Router
devices with their "friendly" model and DEVICE_MODEL properties.
This also reintroduces consistency with the newer devices already
following that scheme.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Xiaomi Mi Router 4A (100M) and 4C are relatively similar in
their specs. Create a shared DTSI for them.
Partitions are split in preparation for Mi Router 4AC.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
mt7621, mt7628an and rt5350 have USB controllers (ehci/ohci or xhci)
enabled by default. Thus, this patch drops redundant status=okay
statements in derived device DTS files.
While at it, also drop an explicit status=okay in mt7621.dtsi, as
this is default.
Note:
For rt5350, about 50 % of the devices enabled ehci/ohci in the DTS
files, and there is actually no device actively disabling it.
It looks like only a few people are aware that the controllers are
enabled by default here.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At the moment, ehci/ohci is enabled in mt7628an SoC DTSI, then
disabled in the TP-Link-specific DTSI files, and finally enabled
again in the DTS files of the devices needing it.
This on-off-on scheme is hard to grasp on a quick look. Thus, this
patch drops the status in the TP-Link-specific DTSI files, having
the TP-Link devices treated like the rest of mt7628an DTSes, i.e.
ehci/ohci is enabled by default and needs to be disabled explicitly
where needed.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This device is the non-US build of the F9K1115 v2, with a different
firmware magic.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 16 MiB NOR
RAM: 128 MiB
WiFi 2.4 GHz: QCA9558-AT4A 3x3 MIMO 802.11b/g/n
WiFi 5 GHz: QCA9880-2R4E 3x3 MIMO 802.11a/n/ac
Ethernet: 4x LAN and 1x WAN (all 1gbps)
USB: 1 x USB 2.0 (lower), 1 x USB 3.0 (upper)
MAC addresses based on OEM firmware:
Interface Address Location
--------- ------- --------
lan *:5A sometimes in 0x6
wan *:5B 0x0
2.4Ghz *:5A 0x1002
5Ghz As per mini PCIe EEPROM
Flashing instructions:
The factory.bin can be flashed via the Belkin web UI or via the uboot
http upgrade page.
Once the factory.bin has been written, sysupgrade.bin will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Damien Mascord <tusker@tusker.org>
Acked-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
[wrap commit message/code, adjust label-mac-device, whitespace fixes,
merge block in 02_network]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There's no eth0.2 since all ethernet ports as configured as LAN.
LAN LED is unneeded since all ethernet ports have their own LED.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Technicolor TG582n Telecom Italia branded a.k.a.
Telecom Italia ADSL2+ Wi-Fi N (AGTWI)
has the same PCB as the unbranded Technicolor TG582n with LEDs
connected to different GPIO PINs in active low configuration and
different LED names. It has a PCB similar to the OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N1 one.
Hardware:
* Board ID: DANT-V
* SoC: Broadcom BCM6328 (rev b0) @ 320MHz, CPU BMIPS4350
* RAM DDR2: 64 Mbyte - EtronTech EM68B16CWQD-25H
* Serial flash: 16 Mbyte - Spansion FL 128SAIF00
* Ethernet: 4x Ethernet 10/100 baseT
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Broadcom Corporation BCM43227 Wireless Network Adapter (rev 30)
* LEDs: 2x Power, 1x ADSL, 2x Internet, 2x Wi-Fi, 2x Service, 4x ethernet
* Buttons: 1x Reset, 1x WPS (named WiFi/LED)
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, VCC GND TX RX, on J3 connector (short R62 and R63)
Installation via CFE:
* Stock CFE has to be overwritten with a generic 6328 one that can upload
.bin images with no signature check (cfe6328_configured.bin)
* Connect a serial port to the board
* Stop the CFE boot process after power on by pressing enter
* Set static IP 192.168.2.10 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0
* Navigate to http://192.168.2.50/
* Upload the OpenWrt image file
PCB: |GPIO: |TG582n: |AGTWI:
LED2R |488(08) |red Power |red Power
LED2G |484(04) |green Power |green Power
LED10R |486(06) | |missing R85 end LED
LED13G |485(05) |green Ethernet |green ADSL
LED11R |494(14) | |red Internet
LED14G |491(11) |green Broadband |green Internet
LED5R |487(07) |red Internet |red Wi-Fi
LED5G |481(01) |green Internet |green Wi-Fi
LED12R |498(18) | |red Service
LED12G |499(19) | |green Service
LED6R |482(02) |red Wi-Fi |missing R108 end LED
LED6G |483(03) |green Wi-Fi |missing R107 end LED
LED7R |490(10) |red WPS |missing R91 end LED
LED7G |489(09) |green WPS |missing R92 end LED
LED4 |508(28) |ethernet port 4 |ethernet port 4
LED3 |507(27) |ethernet port 3 |ethernet port 3
LED9 |506(26) |ethernet port 2 |ethernet port 2
LED8 |505(25) |ethernet port 1 |ethernet port 1
SW3 |503(23) |key Reset |key Reset
SW5 |504(24) |key WPS |key Wi-Fi/LED
SW4 |495(15) |key Wi-Fi |missing R127 end key
SW6 |493(13) | |missing R171 end key
SW1 |492(12) | |missing R1 end key
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[DT fixes, base-files fixes and device variant]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
ADB P.DG A4101N A-000-1A1-AE has a similar PCB as the OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N1
with LEDs connected to different GPIO PINs in active low configuration.
Hardware:
* Board ID: 96328avngv
* SoC: Broadcom BCM6328 (rev b0) @ 320MHz, CPU BMIPS4350
* RAM DDR2: 64 Mbyte - Winbond W9751G6KB-25
* Serial flash: 16 Mbyte - Winbond 25Q128BVFG
* Ethernet: 4x Ethernet 10/100 baseT
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Broadcom Corporation BCM43225 Wireless Network Adapter (rev 23)
* LEDs: 1x Power, 1x DSL, 1x Internet, 4x ETH, 1x USB, 1x WLAN, 1x WPS, 1x TEL
* Buttons: 1x Reset, 1x WPS, 1x unnamed
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, VCC RX TX GND, on J502 connector
Installation via CFE:
* Stock CFE has to be overwritten with a generic 6328 one that can upload
.bin images with no signature check (cfe6328_configured.bin)
* Connect a serial port to the board
* Stop the cfe boot process after power on by pressing enter
* Set static IP 192.168.2.10 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0
* Navigate to http://192.168.2.50/
* Upload the OpenWrt image file
A4101N GPIO LAYOUT:
Power always on
DSL GPIO483(03)
Internet GPIO491(11)
ETH1 GPIO505(25)
ETH2 GPIO506(26)
ETH3 GPIO507(27)
ETH4 GPIO508(28)
USB GPIO490(10)
WLAN controlled by BCM43225
WPS GPIO489(09)
TEL GPIO511(31)
Key RESET GPIO503(23)
Key WPS GPIO504(24)
Key unnamed GPIO492(12)
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[Amend commit description, DTS improvements, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This adds support for the D-Link DSL-2750u rev C1.
(https://deviwiki.com/wiki/D-Link_DSL-2750U_rev_C1)
It uses the same hardware as ADB P.DG A4001N.
CPU: Broadcom BCM63281 (320 MHz)
RAM: 32M (Winbond W9725G6JB)
Flash: 8M (MXIC MX25L6445E)
Ethernet: 4x 100 Mbps
Wireless: 802.11b/g/n: BCM43225
USB: 1x 2.0
Flash instructions:
1. Assign static IP 192.168.1.100 to PC
2. Unplug the power source
3. Press the RESET button at the router, don't release it yet!
4. Plug the power source.Wait some seconds
5. Release the RESET button
6. Browse to http://192.168.1.1
7. Send the openwrt-bcm63xx-generic-DSL2750U-C1-squashfs-cfe.bin and
wait some minutes until the firmware upgrade finish.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Naseef <naseefkm@gmail.com>
[DTS improvements, proper board patch, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
ADB P.DG A4001N A-000-1A1-AX a.k.a. Telecom Italia ADSL2+ Wi-Fi N (AGPWI)
is a Telecom Italia braded router and it seems that there are no public
available unbranded versions of this router.
The stock Telecom Italia braded firmware has many partitions and the
partition layout changes with every firmware relase.
The PSI nvram partition is present in the stock firmware under the
"UNKNOWN" name but it's empty, full of FFs. Since removing partitions
does not cause problems with the stock firmware reflashing procedure,
I removed from the dts the PSI nvram partition from OpenWrt, expanded
the rootfs one and added the NVRAM partition contained in the
cfe bootloader.
Furthermore this router's flash needs to be entirely reprogrammed
and a new generic bcm6328 cfe must be flashed to boot OpenWrt. The
same process takes place when reflashing the stock firmware.
Here follows the original flash layout for AGPWI_1.1.0_013, the last
stock Telecom Italia braded firmware for which we have root
credentials (admin/riattizzati).
Flash layout:
Section 00 Type BOOT Range 0x00000000-0x00020000 MaxSize 0x00020000
No more information.
Section 01 Type IMAGE Range 0x00020000-0x007C0000 MaxSize 0x0079FF6C
Uninitialized.
Section 02 Type IMAGE Range 0x00800000-0x00FA0000 MaxSize 0x0079FF6C
Uninitialized.
Section 03 Type CONF Range 0x00FA0000-0x00FC0000 MaxSize 0x0001FF6C
Size 0x0000841E Name 'rg_conf'
Checksum 0x0041E03B Counter 0x0000051F Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 04 Type CONF Range 0x00FC0000-0x00FE0000 MaxSize 0x0001FF6C
Size 0x0000838E Name 'rg_conf'
Checksum 0x00419A5A Counter 0x00000522 Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 05 Type FACTORY Range 0x00FE0000-0x00FF0000 MaxSize 0x0000FF6C
Size 0x00000554 Name 'rg_factory'
Checksum 0x0001255E Counter 0x000004D3 Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 06 Type UNKNOWN Range 0x00FF0000-0x01000000 MaxSize 0x00010000
No more information.
Total 7 sections found.
The last AGPWI firmware relase should be AGPWI_4.0.6 and it has much more
partitions than AGPWI_1.1.0_013.
The cfe partition in the stock firmware is 0x00020000 bytes long unlike the
OpenWrt dts in wich it's 0x00010000 bytes long because from 0x00010000 to
0x00020000 in the stock cfe there are only 00s and also because the cfe must
anyway be reflashed with a generic bcm6328 cfe 0x00010000 bytes long to
run OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[Amend commit, remove unneeded cfe_nvram partition]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This ports support for the TP-Link TL-WDR7500 v3 from ar71xx to ath79.
The basic features appear to be identical to the Archer C7 v1, however
it has the (supported) QCA9880-BR4A chip of the C7 v2.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 128 MiB
WLAN: 2.4 GHz b/g/n, 5 GHz a/n/ac
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9880-BR4A
Ethernet: 5x Gbit ports
USB: 2x 2.0 ports
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the OEM firmware GUI.
TFTP recovery appears to be available as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no human intervention needed
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[another refresh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The first gpio controller (gpio or gpio0) is always enabled by
default in the SoC DTSI files. No need to set status=okay in the
device DTS files a second time.
Remove the redundant statements.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
None of the spi drivers on ath79 uses the num-cs property.
Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Some x86_64 single board computer (including Atomic Pi)
has onboard emmc, but requires CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_ACPI driver
to use or boot from it.
Here is boot message for the mmc device
[ 2.838008] mmc0: SDHCI controller on ACPI [80860F14:00] using ADMA
[ 2.857536] mmc1: SDHCI controller on ACPI [80860F14:01] using ADMA
[ 2.950019] mmc0: new HS200 MMC card at address 0001
[ 3.158271] mmcblk0: mmc0:0001 M52516 14.6 GiB
[ 3.170290] mmcblk0boot0: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 1 4.00 MiB
[ 3.177191] mmcblk0boot1: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 2 4.00 MiB
[ 3.183963] mmcblk0rpmb: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 3 4.00 MiB, \
chardev (248:0)
Other lines changed in this config file are introduced by menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Mengyang Li <mayli.he@gmail.com>
Remove the MDIO reset from the MAC mode for the AR934x SoC family.
The reset is currently also defined for the MDIO node, where the reset
is acquired exclusively.
In case the ethernet node is enabled, this triggers a warning, as the
reset is already acquired by the MAC.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The TPLink CPE devices CPE210/CPE510 based on ar9344 have a build-in
Low Noise Amplifier on both of the 2x2 mimo rx chains.
This patch activates those two LNAs in the respective receiving chains
and hence improves the RX sensitivity by about 20dB.
Tested on CPE510 v2 & v3.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas.huehn@hs-nordhausen.de>
Acked-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
In this new setup the switch is treated as wan, lan1.100 is used as
our mgmt vlan.
The board mac is applied to eth0, switch and switch.1
The board mac is assigned with the LA bit set to all lan ports while
incrementing it.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Because the bug described in FS#2428 has been fixed with bf2870c1d9
("kernel: fix mtd partition erase < parent_erasesize writes") these
devices can now safely do sysupgrade.
Restore sysupgrade support disabled in:
0cc87b3bac ("ath79: image: disable sysupgrade images for routerstations
and ja76pf2")
cc5256a8bf ("ath79: base-files: disable sysupgrade for routerstations
and ja76pf2")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[move Build block, remove check-size argument, wrap sysupgrade line,
make commit message easier to read]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This fixes tethering with devices using iOS 14. Prior to this patch,
connections to remote endpoints were not possible while data transfers
between the OpenWrt device and the iOS endpoints worked fine.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch fixes build of squashfs image on lantiq. Currently the FEATURE
variable is overwritten by the subtarget.
Fixes: FS#3480
Fixes: f1c6523376 ("lantiq: clean up target/subtarget features")
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[reformat Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST (880 MHz)
FLASH: 16 MiB (Macronix MX25L12835FM2I-10G)
RAM: 128 MiB (Nanya NT5CB64M16FP-DH)
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603EN bgn 2x2:2
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN an 2x2:2
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: - Power
- WiFi 2.4 GHz
- WiFi 5 GHz
- WAN
- LAN {1-4}
- USB {1-2}
UART: UART is present as pin hole next to the aluminium capacitor.
3V3 - RX - GND - TX / 115200-8N1
3V3 is the nearest on the aluminium capacitor and nut hole (pin1).
USB: 2 ports
POWER: 12VDC, 1.5A (Barrel 5.5x2.1)
Installation:
Via TFTP:
Set your computers IP-Address to 192.168.1.75
Power up the Router with the Reset button pressed.
Release the Reset button after 5 seconds.
Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via TFTP:
tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put IMAGE
MAC addresses:
0x4 *:98 2g/wan, label
0x22 *:9c
0x28 *:98
0x8004 *:9c 5g/lan
Though addresses are written to 0x22 and 0x28, it appears that the
vendor firmware actually only uses 0x4 and 0x8004. Thus, we do the
same here.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Chervontsev <cherpash@gmail.com>
[add MAC address overview, add label-mac-device, fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixup dfa357a3de "mvebu: base-files: Update Turris Omnia U-Boot
environment" which should have included this file as well.
By rebasing the initial patch this file somehow disappeared.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
[explain fixup in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Move the update procedure from sysupgrade to first boot, which is much
more convenient in the sysupgrade case (otherwise the environment is
always one generation behind).
Check whether we have an old U-Boot release installed, and update the
environment only if necessary.
Some notes on the U-Boot environment:
The first 9 lines are a copy of the default environment of the old U-Boot
release - only modified, to run "distro_bootcmd", in case "mmcboot" fails
to boot the factory OS.
The remaining 16 lines are a backport of the default environment of the
new U-Boot release (shipped with CZ11NIC23). The main entry point is
"distro_bootcmd", which eventually sources boot.scr. This way, we have
a unified boot protocol for all Turris Omnia revisions so far.
This commit also fixes a shortcoming of previous Turris Omnia support:
Users may install OpenWrt with the Turris Omnia in factory state
(i.e. invalid environment store). In that case, neither fw_setenv, nor
U-Boot itself, would import the default environment from the image -
screwing up the rescue system, at least!
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
In contrast to the U-Boot version shipped with older versions of Turris
Omnia (CZ11NIC13, CZ11NIC20), the version shipped with Turris Omnia 2019
(CZ11NIC23) relies on the existence of /boot.scr.
Consequently, add a suitable boot script to the sysupgrade image.
Flash instructions for Turris Omnia 2019:
- Download openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img.gz, gunzip it, and copy the resulting
.img file to the root of a USB flash drive (FAT32 or ext2/3/4).
- Enter a rescue shell: Either via 5-LED reset and ssh root@192.168.1.1
on LAN port 4, or via 7-LED reset and the serial console.
- Insert the USB drive and mount it:
mkdir /mnt; mount /dev/sda1 /mnt
- Flash the OpenWrt image to eMMC:
dd if=/mnt/openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 bs=4096 conv=fsync
- Reboot.
Flash instructions using a temporary "medkit" installation were written for
the older versions of Turris Omnia, and will *not* work on the Turris Omnia
2019.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Hauke wrote:
> We want to run some processes in the procd-ujail, this works when we
> use a SquashFS image and an overlay file system, but when we use an
> initramfs it does not work.
> [...]
> When we switch from initramfs to tmpfs, it is working, we added this
> code to target/linux/generic/other-files/init to make [it] work.
Move files to newly mounted tmpfs and then use switch_root to chroot
into new rootfs and free initramfs.
Suggested-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Recent kernel bumps & target patch refactors have left some patch fuzz
around. Refreshed kernel patches using update_kernel script.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be
included upstream:
backport-5.4/789-net-usb-qmi_wwan-Set-DTR-quirk-for-MR400.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711, ath79/generic
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64 build/run]
custom-initramfs-uimage was replaced by calls to uImage, but apparently
mtc_wr1201 was missed in the transistion. Use uImage for this device
too.
Fixes: 9f574b1b87 "ramips: mt7621: drop custom uImage function"
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Strictly, an SPDX identifier requires a space between the comment
marker and the identifier itself. The choice of the comment marker
itself is irrelevant.
Correct:
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT
Wrong:
//SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT
Fix that in the whole tree (actually, only ramips contained wrong
uses).
Found by checkpatch.pl
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for Xiaomi's Mi Router 4C device.
Specifications:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz)
- Flash: 16MB
- RAM: 64MB DDR2
- 2.4 GHz: IEEE 802.11b/g/n with Integrated LNA and PA
- Antennas: 4x external single band antennas
- WAN: 1x 10/100M
- LAN: 2x 10/100M
- LEDs: 2x yellow/blue. Programmable (labelled as power on case)
- Non-programmable (shows WAN activity)
- Button: Reset
How to install:
1- Use OpenWRTInvasion to gain telnet and ftp access.
2- Push openwrt firmware to /tmp/ using ftp.
3- Connect to router using telnet. (IP: 192.168.31.1 -
Username: root - No password)
4- Use command "mtd -r write /tmp/firmware.bin OS1" to flash into
the router..
5- It takes around 2 minutes. After that router will restart itself
to OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Ataberk Özen <ataberkozen123@gmail.com>
[wrap commit message, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools, remove
dts-v1 from DTS, fix LED labels]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This function eliminates false-positive errors emitted by dd.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[drop argument check changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is already done by get_partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is already done by get_partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title, remove declaration of magic variable]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
UIMAGE_MAGIC is now supported by Build/uImage, in addition to
UIMAGE_NAME. This removes the need for a custom mkimage call, so let's
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Replace NETGEAR_KERNEL_MAGIC by UIMAGE_MAGIC to better match the
variable's purpose. This allows to drop the custom
Build/netgear-uImage.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[keep UIMAGE_MAGIC definitions even for default value]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use the mkimage argument overrides provided by uImage to implement the
customisations required for the initramfs, instead of the near-identical
custom function.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Sort patches according to target/linux/generic/PATCHES. Additionally:
- replace hashes in backported patches with the ones from main Linux tree
- add descriptions to some patches
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch separately]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch, as the trigger is
already added in shared dtsi.
Suggested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TL-MR6400v5 is very similar to TL-MR6400v4. Main differences are:
- smaller form factor
- different LED GPIOs
- different switch connections
You can flash via tftp recovery:
- serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
- connect to any ethernet port
- power on the device while holding the reset button
- wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button
Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.
Hardware Specification (v5.0 EU):
- SoC: MT7628NN
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
- RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 9V 0.85A
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
FCC ID: A8J-EAP300A
Engenius EAP300 v2 is an indoor wireless access point with a
100/10-BaseT ethernet port, 2.4 GHz wireless, internal antennas,
and 802.3af PoE.
**Specification:**
- AR9341
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 64 MB RAM
- UART at J1 (populated)
- Ethernet port with POE
- internal antennas
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wlan) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
phy0 *:d3 art 0x1002 (label)
eth0 *:d4 art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop or halt
The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run
`mtd -r erase fakeroot`
Wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
**TFTP recovery** (unstable / not reliable):
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of EAP300 v2 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel size to be no greater than 1536k
and otherwise the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[clarify MAC address section, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The feature "squashfs" is defined for target and all subtargets
individually. Remove the redundant entries in the subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move features common to all subtargets to the parent target.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch to make it target-specific, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When building images with the imagebuilder, the partition signature
never changes. The signature is generated by hashing SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
and LINUX_VERMAGIC which are undefined. Prepopulate these variables, as
done by the SDK.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Gyurgyik <matthew@gyurgyik.io>
Replace my o2.pl email address.
I'm still available at the old address.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rephrase commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Manually rebased patches:
ath79/patches-5.4/910-unaligned_access_hacks.patch
bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0135-spi-spi-bcm2835-Disable-forced-software-CS.patch
bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0414-SQUASH-Fix-spi-driver-compiler-warnings.patch
ipq806x/patches-5.4/093-4-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Use-bulk-clk-api-and-assert-on-error.patch
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be included upstream:
ipq806x/patches-5.4/096-PCI-qcom-Make-sure-PCIe-is-reset-before-init-for-rev.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[refresh altered targets after rebase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
qca9558_devolo_dvl1xxx.dtsi contains device specific nodes which
are inherited for some DTS files and overwritten for others.
This is considered confusing, so move the relevant nodes/properties
to the devices and only keep the shared stuff in the DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
[clarify commit title/message, move &gmac_config in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link EAP225 v3 is an AC1350 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. Serial port access for debricking requires fine soldering.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MINO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE
Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface
Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
* Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
Do NOT bridge R230.
* Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via LuCI web interface
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM boot log:
Using interface ath0 with hwaddr b0:...:3e and ssid "..."
Using interface ath10 with hwaddr b0:...:3f and ssid "..."
Tested by forum user blinkstar88
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor v1 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) pole or wall
mount access point. Debricking requires access to the serial port, which
is non-trivial.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* Memory: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 2x2
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9886): a/n/ac 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, PoE
Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device with recent (>= v1.6.0) firmware
* run `cliclientd stopcs` on target device
* upload factory image via web interface
Debricking:
To recover the device, you need access to the serial port. This requires
fine soldering to test points, or the use of probe pins.
* Open the case and solder wires to the test points: RXD, TXD and TPGND4
* Use a 3.3V UART, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding ctrl+B during boot
* upload initramfs via built-in tftp client and perform sysupgrade
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From stock ifconfig:
ath0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
ath10 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2F
br0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
Tested by forum user PolynomialDivision on firmware v1.7.0.
UART access tested by forum user arinc9.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link EAP245 v1 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-1) ceiling mount access point.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9880): a/n/ac, 3x3
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE
Flashing instructions:
* Upgrade the device to firmware v1.4.0 if necessary
* Exploit the user management page in the web interface to start telnetd
by changing the username to `;/usr/sbin/telnetd -l/bin/sh&`.
* Immediately change the malformed username back to something valid
(e.g. 'admin') to make ssh work again.
* Use the root shell via telnet to make /tmp world writeable (chmod 777)
* Extract /usr/bin/uclited from the device via ssh and apply the binary
patch listed below. The patch is required to prevent `uclited -u` in
the last step from crashing.
* Copy the patched uclited programme back to the device at /tmp/uclited
(via ssh)
* Upload the factory image to /tmp/upgrade.bin (via ssh)
* Run `chmod +x /tmp/uclited && /tmp/uclited -u` to install OpenWrt.
--- xxd uclited
+++ xxd uclited-patched
@@ -53796,7 +53796,7 @@
000d2240: 8c44 0000 0320 f809 0000 0000 8fbc 0010 .D... ..........
000d2250: 8fa6 0a4c 02c0 2821 8f82 87b8 0000 0000 ...L..(!........
-000d2260: 8c44 0000 0c13 45e0 27a7 0018 8fbc 0010 .D....E.'.......
+000d2260: 8c44 0000 2402 0000 0000 0000 8fbc 0010 .D..$...........
000d2270: 1040 001d 0000 1821 8f99 8374 3c04 0058 .@.....!...t<..X
000d2280: 3c05 0056 2484 a898 24a5 9a30 0320 f809 <..V$...$..0. ..
Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
* Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
Do NOT bridge R230.
* Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via the LuCI web interface
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
Tested on the EAP245 v1 running the latest firmware (v1.4.0). The binary
patch might not apply to uclited from other firmware versions.
EAP245 v1 device support was originally developed and maintained by
Julien Dusser out-of-tree. This patch and "ath79: prepare for 1-port
TP-Link EAP2x5 devices" are based on that work.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link has developed a number of access points based on the AP152
reference board. In the EAP-series of 802.11ac access points, this
includes the following devices with one ethernet port:
* EAP225 v1/v2
* EAP225 v3
* EAP225-Outdoor v1
* EAP245 v1
Since the only differences between these devices are the ath10k wireless
radios and LEDs, a common base is provided for the overlapping support
requirements.
Hardware commonalities:
* SoC: QCA9563-AL3A MIPS 74kc v5.0 @ 775MHz, AHB @ 258MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2 @ 650MHz
* Flash: 16MiB SPI NOR
* Wi-Fi 2.4GHz: provided by SoC
* Wi-Fi 5Ghz: ath10k chip on PCIe
* Ethernet: AR8033-AL1A, one 1GbE port (802.3at PoE)
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
This commit add a workaround for non working SGMII link observed on some
QCA956x SoCs. The workaround originates part from the U-Boot source code
from QCA, part from the implementation from TP-Link found in the GPL
tarball for the EAP245v1.
Extends commit 0d416a8d3b for QCA956x.
Note that reset is the same on QCA955x and QCA956x, same register offset
and values.
Auto calibration is done on u-boot, but always fall back to default value
0x7. Add a DTS entry serdes-cal in case a device require another value.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
[Sander Vanheule:
Minor code style fixes,
Remove hunk adding qca956x-serdes-fixup to a missing DTS,
Remove variable err that was only assigned,
Rename function to sgmii_serdes_init,
Lower priority of serdes call message to pr_debug]
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Some bootloaders do not set up gmac0 properly, leaving it disconnected
from the sgmii interface. If the user specificies phy-mode sgmii, then
use the gmac-config/device node to ensure the mux is configured
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
This patch adds support for Globalscale ESPRESSObin-Ultra. Device uses
the same Armada-3720 SoC with extended hardware support.
- SoC: Armada-3720
- RAM: 1 GB DDR4
- Flash: 4MB SPI NOR (mx25u3235f) + 8 GB eMMC
- Ethernet: Topaz 6341 88e6341 (4x GB LAN + 1x WAN with 30W PoE)
- WiFI: 2x2 802.11ac Wi-Fi marvell (88w8997 PCIe+USB)
- 1x USB 2.0 port
- 1x USB 3.0 port
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x mini-PCIe slot (USB [with nano-sim slot])
- 1x mini-USB debug UART
- 1x RTC Clock and battery
- 1x reset button
- 1x power button
- 4x LED (RGBY)
- Optional 1x M.2 2280 slot
** Installation **
Copy dtb from build_dir to bin/ and run tftpserver there:
$ cp ./build_dir/target-aarch64_cortex-a53_musl/linux-mvebu_cortexa53/
linux-5.4.65/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb
bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/
$ in.tftpd -L -s bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/
Connect to the device UART via microUSB port on the back side and power on the device.
Power on the device and hit any key to stop the autoboot.
Set serverip (host IP) and ipaddr (any free IP address on the same subnet), e.g:
$ setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # Host
$ setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.15 # Device
Ping server to confirm network is working:
$ ping $serverip
Using neta@30000 device
host 192.168.1.15 is alive
Tftpboot the firmware:
$ tftpboot $kernel_addr_r openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-initramfs-kernel.bin
$ tftpboot $fdt_addr_r armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb
Set the console and boot the image:
$ setenv bootargs $console
$ booti $kernel_addr_r - $fdt_addr_r
Once the initramfs is booted, transfer openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
to /tmp dir on the device.
Gunzip and dd the image:
$ gunzip /tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
$ dd if=/tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 && sync
Reboot the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
This patch add missing support of SC16IS740 serial controller, installed
on LS1012A-FRDM board.
It was required to change RCW bits, because SPI was disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This will make developing process easier, because dtb will be included
into image.
Not need to enable initramfs image by default.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Currently sfp_select_interface() return the fastest interface that
the sfp modules supports even if the phy don't support that mode.
For example an GPON module that support both 2500basex and 1000basex.
Currently sfp_select_interface() picks 2500basex instead of 1000basex.
So limit the interfaces which both sides supports before calling
sfp_select_interface() or return an error if we don't have match.
Reviewed-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Braihan Cantera <bcanterac@gmail.com> [MikroTik RB760iGS + Nokia G-010S-A 3FE46541AA SFP]
Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au> [Mikrotik rb760igs + SFP SM/LC, SFP base1000T, SFP+ passive DAC]
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Some devices (especially QCA ones) are already using hardcoded partition
names with colons in it. The OpenMesh A62 for example provides following
mtd relevant information via cmdline:
root=31:11 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(0:SBL1),128k(0:MIBIB),384k(0:QSEE),64k(0:CDT),64k(0:DDRPARAMS),64k(0:APPSBLENV),512k(0:APPSBL),64k(0:ART),64k(custom),64k(0:KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive) rootfsname=rootfs rootwait
The change to split only on the last colon between mtd-id and partitions
will cause newpart to see following string for the first partition:
KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive)
Such a partition list cannot be parsed and thus the device fails to boot.
Avoid this behavior by making sure that the start of the first part-name
("(") will also be the last byte the mtd-id split algorithm is using for
its colon search.
Fixes: d6a9a92e32 ("kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.69")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The OpenMesh related files were not updated since a while and the new
coding style requirements weren't integrated. This can cause problems
for new devices when an author uses these files as starting point.
* use SPDX-License-Identifiers instead of full license texts
* drop linux,default-trigger with value default-off for LEDs
* led nodes with label "abc:xyz" should have name "xyz_abc"
* led DT labels for "xyz_abc" should be "led_xyz_abc"
* "m25p80@0" flash node should be renamed to "flash@0"
* drop unnecessary empty lines
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[minor commit title and message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
You can flash via tftp recovery:
- serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
- connect to any ethernet port
- power on the device while holding the reset button
- wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button
Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.
Hardware Specification (v4.0 EU):
- SoC: MT7628NN
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
- RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 9V 0.85A
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
The ImageBuilder downloads pre-built packages and adds them to images.
This process uses `opkg` which has the capability to verify package list
signatures via `usign`, as enabled per default on running OpenWrt
devices.
Until now this was disabled for ImageBuilders because neither the `opkg`
keys nor the `opkg-add` script was present during first packagelist
update.
To harden the ImageBuilder against *drive-by-download-attacks* both keys
and verification script are added to the ImageBuilder allowing `opkg` to
verify downloaded package indices.
This commit adds `opkg-add` to the ImageBuilder scripts folder. The keys
folder is added to ImageBuilder $TOPDIR to have an obvious place for users to
store their own keys. The `option check_signature` is appended to the
repositories.conf file. All of the above only happens if the Buildbot
runs with the SIGNATURE_CHECK option.
The keys stored in the ImageBuilder keys/ are the same as included in
the openwrt-keyring package. To avoid the chicken-egg problem of
downloading and verifying a package, containing signing keys, the keys
are added during the ImageBuilder generation. They are same as in
shipped images (stored at `/etc/opkg/keys/`).
To allow a local package feed in which the user can add additional
packages, a local set of `usign` and `ucert` keys is generated, same as
building OpenWrt from source. The private key signs the local repository
inside the packages/ folder. The local public key is added to the keys/
folder to be considered by `opkg` when updating repositories. This way a
local package feed can be modified while requiring `opkg` to check
signatures for remote feed, making HTTPS optional.
The new option `ADD_LOCAL_KEY` allows to add the local key inside the
created images, adding the advantage that sysupgrades can validate the
ImageBuilders local key.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This patch adds support for the WiFi Pineapple Mark 7, a wireless
penetration testing tool.
Specifications:
* SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580MHz)
* RAM: 256MiB (DDR2)
* Storage 1: 32MiB NOR (SPI)
* Storage 2: 2GB eMMC
* Wireless 1: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (Built In)
* Wireless 2: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
* Wireless 3: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
* USB: 1x USB Type-A 2.0 Host Port
* Ethernet: 1x USB Type-C AX88772C Ethernet
* UART: 57600 8N1 on PCB
* Inputs: 1x Reset Button
* Outputs: 1x RGB LED
* FCCID: 2AA52MK7
Flash Instructions:
Original firmware is based on OpenWRT.
Use sysupgrade via SSH to flash.
Signed-off-by: Marc Egerton <foxtrot@realloc.me>
[pepe2k@gmail.com: set only required/used gpio groups to gpio function]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
New batches of the R36A board series might no longer keep separated
Ethernet MAC addresses stored in flash. Use same approach as on the
N2Q and calculate Ethernet MACs from WLAN one which is kept in ART.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network Pi-WiFi4 is a Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 based, high-power 802.11n
WiFi board in Raspberry Pi 3B shape, equipped with 1x FE and 4x USB 2.0.
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16+ MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with Qorvo RFFM8228P FEM
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 4x USB 2.0 Type-A
- Genesys Logic GL850G 4-port USB HUB
- USB power is controlled by GPIO
- 5x LED (3x on PCB, 2x in RJ45, 4x driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- 1x micro USB Type-B for power and system console (Holtek HT42B534)
- UART and GPIO (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gigabit model has a race condition on bootup
causing the SQUASHFS data errors to appear and create a bootloop
scenario.
Adding the m25p,fast-read property resolves this issue.
Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CPU: Atheros AR9342 rev 3 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
WLAN 2.4GHz: Atheros AR9342 v3 (ath9k)
WLAN 5.0GHz: QCA988X
Ports: 2x GbE
Flashing procedure is identical to other ubnt devices.
https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/common
Flashing through factory firmware
1. Ensure firmware version v8.7.0 is installed.
Up/downgrade to this exact version.
2. Patch fwupdate.real binary using
`hexdump -Cv /bin/ubntbox | sed 's/14 40 fe 27/00 00 00 00/g' | \
hexdump -R > /tmp/fwupdate.real`
3. Make the patched fwupdate.real binary executable using
`chmod +x /tmp/fwupdate.real`
4. Copy the squashfs factory image to /tmp on the device
5. Flash OpenWrt using `/tmp/fwupdate.real -m <squashfs-factory image>`
6. Wait for the device to reboot
(copied from Ubiquiti NanoBeam AC and modified)
To keep it consistent, we will add the gen1 variant to
the nanobeam ac gen1.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
This adds a missing ";;" in the switch-case in 11-ath10k-caldata.
Fixes: 4d36569b9c ("ath79: fix ath10k caldata extraction on some
D-Link DIR-842 C3 devices")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
According to forum threads [0][1] and a report on IRC by Doc-Saintly
some of those boards have calibration data in a different place. Only
one alternative location is known.
Without proper board calibration data (board.bin having all 0xff bytes)
ath10k firmware still tries to load but crashes on startup with a
confusing error message.
If you're applying this patch manually on your device do not forget to
remove /lib/firmware/ath10k/pre-cal-pci-0000:00:00.0.bin and reboot to
force caldata re-extraction.
[0] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-d-link-dir842-rev-c3/41654
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/d-link-dir-842-cant-access-firmware-upload-form/65454
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
All targets that used mvsw61xx have switched to upstream mv88e6xxx DSA
driver, so it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
mediatek frequently had mixed indent (tabs vs. spaces) in DTS files
and DTS file kernel patches (probably due to careless copy/paste).
The harmonizes these cases to tabs-only, as usual for DTS(I).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both bcm2709 and bcm2710 firmware can run on the same RaspberryPi
models, varying however in 32 and 64 Bit architectures. The model name
alone does not include the architecture information, which becomes
problematic if looking at a overview that only contains the names. By
adding a variant it is possible to tell the architecture.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This pci@40000000 node from upstream was dropped when the device
was converted from local DTS(I) files to kernel patches in [1] to
ensure that change was purely cosmetic.
However, the DK04.1 has a PCI-E slot by default, so let's keep
(i.e. not remove) the kernel definition now.
[1] c4beac9ea2 ("ipq40xx: use upstream DTS files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1")
Suggested-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A lot of patches are outdated versions of upstreamed patches and
drivers.
So lets pull in the upstreamed patches and reorder remaining ones.
This drops the unnecessary 721-dts-ipq4019-add-ethernet-essedma-node.patch
which adds nodes for not yet in OpenWrt IPQESS driver.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[do not touch 902-dts-ipq4019-ap-dk04.1.patch here]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Define wildcard patterns for filtering in target/linux/generic/config-filter
Preparation for supporting newer kernels
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
MikroTik recently changed again the way they store wlan calibration data
on devices. Prior to this change, ERD calibration data for all available
radios was stored within a single identifier node ("tag" in RouterBoot
parlance).
Recent devices have been seen with calibration (and BDF) data stored in
separate identifiers within LZOR packing for each radio: this patch
addresses this by:
1) ensuring that both variants are properly supported,
2) preserving backward compatibility with existing data consumers,
3) allowing for more than 2 calibration blobs to be exposed via sysfs.
Specifically, before this patch, the driver would provide a single sysfs
file named /sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data that contained
whatever calibration data found on the device's flash. After this patch,
when executed on a device that uses the old style storage, this behavior
is unchanged, but when executed on a device that uses new style storage
(for either traditional "ERD" packing or "LZOR" packing), the driver
replaces that single file with a folder containing one or more files
each containing the data encoded within individual identifiers.
As far as OpenWRT is concerned, this means that for devices which are
known to exist with both styles of data storage, a suitable hotplug stub
could look like this for e.g. the second radio:
wdata="/sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data"
( [ -f "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata" 0x8000 0x2f20 ) || \
( [ -d "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata/data_2" 0x0 0x2f20 )
This patch has been tested with LZOR old and new style packing on ipq4019,
and with old style on ath79.
Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Шебанов Алексей <admin@ublaze.ru>
Tested-by: Alen Opačić <subixonfire@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
CONFIG_EFI_VARS has been disabled in
64bit x86 target in 2018 by the following commit
b0a51dab8c
the same reasons apply to Generic target, so
now it's disabled here too.
Leaving it enabled is also blocking compile as
a new symbol was added
EFI_CUSTOM_SSDT_OVERLAYS
that depends from CONFIG_EFI_VARS
and the build system stops and waits for
user input on what to do about it.
The Legacy and Geode targets never
had any EFI_xxx configs enabled so they
don't have this issue
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
This adds support for RTL839x SoCs in the ethernet and switch
drivers of the rtl838x architecture.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This device has previously been supported by the image
for Xiaomi Mi Router 3G v2. Since this is not obvious, the
4A is marketed as a new major revision and it also seems to
have a different bootloader, this will be both more tidy and
more helpful for the users.
Apart from that, note that there also is a 100M version of
the device that uses mt7628 platform, so a specifically named
image will also prevent confusion in this area.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621
- Flash: 16 MiB NOR SPI
- RAM: 128 MiB DDR3
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps (switched, 2xLAN + WAN)
- WIFI0: MT7603E 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n
- WIFI1: MT7612E 5GHz 802.11ac
- Antennas: 4x external (2 per radio), non-detachable
- LEDs: Programmable "power" LED (two-coloured, yellow/blue)
Non-programmable "internet" LED (shows WAN activity)
- Buttons: Reset
Installation:
Bootloader won't accept any serial input unless "boot_wait" u-boot
environment variable is changed to "on".
Vendor firmware won't accept any serial input until "uart_en" is
set to "1".
Using the https://github.com/acecilia/OpenWRTInvasion exploit you
can gain access to shell to enable these options:
To enable uart keyboard actions - 'nvram set uart_en=1'
To make uboot delay boot work - 'nvram set boot_wait=on'
Set boot delay to 5 - 'nvram set bootdelay=5'
Then run 'nvram commit' to make the changes permanent.
Once in the shell (following the OpenWRTInvasion instructions) you
can then run the following to flash OpenWrt and then reboot:
'cd /tmp; curl https://downloads.openwrt.org/...-sysupgrade.bin
--output firmware.bin; mtd -e OS1 -r write firmware.bin OS1'
Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
E600G v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531
Specification:
- 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
- 1 x MiniPCI-e
- 1 x SIM (3G/4G)
- 5 x LED , 1 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun), 1 x power input
- UART(J100) header on PCB(115200 8N1)
E600GAC v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9887
Specification:
- 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 1T1R 5 GHz
- 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
- 6 x LED (one three-color led), 2 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun),1 x power input
- UART (J100)header on PCB(115200 8N1)
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original OpenWrt image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to OpenWrt:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original OpenWrt image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[rearrange in generic.mk, fix one case in 04_led_migration, update
commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The file lacks executable permissions, which makes it not being applied
during the first boot.
While at it, drop unneeded include.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Jurkiewicz <piotr.jerzy.jurkiewicz@gmail.com>
[do not touch board name handling, update commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-2640 A1.
Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (blue/orange), Internet (blue/orange), WiFi 2.4G (blue),
WiFi 5G (blue), USB 3.0 (blue), USB 2.0 (blue)
Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1
MAC addresses:
lan factory 0xe000 *:a7 (label)
wan factory 0xe006 *:aa
2.4 factory 0xe000 +1 *:a8
5.0 factory 0xe000 +2 *:a9
Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entries in the calibration data.
Signed-off-by: James McGuire <jamesm51@gmail.com>
[fix device definition title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The comment content can be useful for readers of both the log and code
Previously when dd command "records in/out" messages are not filtered
like now with get_image_dd, it's not clear that these messages are for
extracting boot sectors. E.g.
Before
== upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
37+26 records in
37+26 records out
== upgrade: Reading partition table from image...
After
== upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
== upgrade: Extract boot sector from the image
37+26 records in
37+26 records out
== upgrade: Reading partition table from image...
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Manually rebased patches:
bcm27xx:
patches-5.4/950-0267-xhci-add-quirk-for-host-controllers-that-don-t-updat.patch
bcm53xx:
patches-5.4/180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch
layerscape:
patches-5.4/802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
patches-5.4/808-i2c-0002-MLK-10893-i2c-imx-add-irqf_no_suspend.patch
patches-5.4/820-usb-0016-MLK-16735-usb-host-add-XHCI_CDNS_HOST-flag.patch
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt:
mediatek:
patches-5.4/0700-arm-dts-mt7623-add-missing-pause-for-switchport.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711, x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, x86_64
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64]
Rebase of 802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Althought most of the switches aren't routers, they can be used as such,
so let's add some of the packages from the router's DEVICE_TYPE. While
at it, remove swconfig package which is not needed on DSA targets.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Without an absolute path to staging_dir/host/bin/sstrip the Makefile
tries to run a host installed version of sstrip, which is likely not
available.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Fixes following dtc warning:
../dts/rtl838x.dtsi:38.3-145.3: Warning (reg_format): /: Root node has a "reg" property
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware specification
----------------------
* RTL8382M SoC, 1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
* 128MB DRAM
* 32MB NOR Flash (MX25L25635E)
* 24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports
- Internal PHY with 8 ports (RTL8218B)
- Two external PHYs with 8 ports each (RTL8218B)
* 4 x Gigabit RJ45/SFP Combo ports
- External PHY with 4 SFP ports (RTL8214FC)
* Power LED
* Reset button on front panel
* UART (115200 8N1) via unpopulated standard 0.1" pin header marked J6
UART pinout
-----------
[oooo]J3 [o]ooo|J6
| ^ ||`------ GND
| | |`------- RX
| | `-------- TX
| `---------- Vcc (3V3)
|
`------------------ J3 is power input connector nearby J6 UART
Boot initramfs image from U-Boot
--------------------------------
1. Press Escape key during `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
2. Press CTRL+C keys to get into real U-Boot prompt
3. Init network with `rtk network on` command
4. Load image with `tftpboot 0x8f000000 openwrt-rtl838x-generic-d-link_dgs-1210-28-initramfs-kernel.bin` command
5. Boot the image with `bootm` command
To install, upload the sysupgrade image to the OEM webpage or sysupgrade
from the system running from initramfs image.
It has been developed and tested on device with F1 revision.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
So the common bits can be easily shared with other boards in the family
and while at it add missing SPDX license identifiers into the DTS files
and fixed alphabetic sorting of the devices in the images.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Ubiquiti EdgeRouter 4 is 4 port Octeon Cavium 7130 powered router.
It has internal power supply and needs c13 power cord.
There are three 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45/Copper ports and
one 1000 Mbps SFP port connected directly to a SoC.
SoC:
Octeon Cavium 7130 (Cavium 3)
Clocked at 1000Mhz
Memory:
1 GiB (SK hynix H5TQ4G63CFR-RDC × 2)
DDR3, clocked at 533 Mhz (1066Mhz effective)
Flash:
- mtd:
8 MiB (Macronix MX25L6408EMI-12G)
used for uboot/eeprom
- emmc:
4 GiB (SanDisk SDIN7DP2-4G)
used for kernel+rootfs
Leds: 1x for power status (white/blue, controllable)
and 4x for ethernet and sfp ports (no control over them)
Buttons: 1x Reset (from SOC)
Serial: 1x RJ45 port on front panel. 115200 baud, 8N1 (from SoC)
USB: 1x USB3.0 on front panel (from SoC)
MII: 1x QSGMII from SoC is used
PHY: 1x Vitesse VSC8504 of which 4x ports is used
All physical port numbers are properly mapped inside OS and
named by lanX instead of ethX.
There is also special purpose four(4) loopX ports available.
That loopX ports are currently hardcoded by linux kernel
and exact use case of them is currently unknown. We leave them
to the linux kernel and octeon board defaults.
All four (4) physical ports are connected to the same QSGMII.
vsc8504 is used for phys and only 4, 5, 6 and 7 phys are used.
Phy mapping:
- Phy5 is connected to physical eth0 port
- Phy6 is connected to physical eth1 port
- Phy7 is connected to physical eth2 port
- Phy4 is connected to physical eth3 port
Why this device needs external dts:
- faster boot time since need to initialize less device tree nodes.
- to add actual indication with LED about boot/failure/upgrade.
i.e. user could know when to enter failsafe mode or if upgrade is done
- reset button support so user can reset their device in case off failure
- sfp port indication in dmesg with information about sfp module
it also indicates when module inserted or removed
Octeon quirks:
- There is no port status available before it interface brought up
- SFP port can not be tied to actual phy due to octeon-ethernet state
and currently we can only get reports a about SFP state in dmesg
How to flash the firmware:
- copy openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin and
openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar to
USB flash drive that is formatted to vfat/fat32
- connect USB flash drive to edgerouter 4 front USB port
- connect serial cable using front RJ45 port (115200 baud, 8N1)
- connect power to cable to edgerouter 4
- connect terminal to the console to see uboot boot process
- interrupt boot by pressing button(s) on your keyboard to log in to the uboot
- detect usb connected flash drives by typing to the console:
usb start
- after drive is detected load initramfs+kernel to the memory by typing:
fatload usb 0:1 0x20000000 openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin
- after initramfs+kernel is loaded to the memory load it by typing:
bootoctlinux 0 numcores=4 endbootargs mem=0
- boot process should finish and you will be greeted with console after pressing enter
- create directory to mount usb flash drive to by typing:
mkdir /tmp/sda
- mount flash drive to that directory by typing:
mount /dev/sda1 /tmp/sda
- flash firmware to router internal storage by typing:
sysupgrade /tmp/sda/openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar
- device will reboot and after it gets up you will have edgerouter 4 running openwrt
Reviewed-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that lets sgmii interface
device tree node to be disabled and that disabled interface
won't be unnecessarily initialized.
It solves the problem with octeon boards that have 8 sgmii or more ports
initialized but have nothing connected to them.
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that to rename interface
name by label from device tree
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds support for vsc8504 phy.
patch have use on 5.4 kernel and has
to be dropped after since phy is supported by
CONFIG_MICROSEMI_PHY on newer LTS kernels.
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
Use the default sysupgrade generation procedure provided
by the target. The previously generated images had the rootfs not
aligned to an eraseblock.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Remove MDIO and I2C bitbangig support from the kernel.
These functionalities are currently not used by any board in the target.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit fixes the name for the GMAC clock to gmac_clkin, as this is
the name of the clock provided by the rk3328-clk driver.
Without this commit, the GMAC will not work in TX direction.
Suggested-by: Tobias Waldvogel <tobias.waldvogel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
`mt7621_nfc_write_page_hwecc` may be called with `buf=NULL`, but
`mt7621_nfc_check_empty_page` always tries to read it.
That caused Oops:
`Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 00000000`
Fixes: FS#3416
Signed-off-by: Anton Ryzhov <anton@ryzhov.me>
Several Ubiquiti WA devices set up &wmac again in their DTS files,
although this is already done in ar9342_ubnt_wa.dtsi.
Fixes: fa3c2676ab ("ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti Nanostation AC")
Fixes: cf5a1abe46 ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for nanostation ac loco")
Fixes: 09804da80a ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for litebeam ac gen2")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ar9342 Ubiquiti WA devices appear to only have two different
network setups, based on the number of ethernet ports.
Create DTSI files for them to consolidate duplicate definitions.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[rephrase commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.
"rgmii" requires rx and tx delays depending on the hardware circuit
and wiring. The mac or the phy can add these delays.
- "rgmii": delays are controlled by the mac
- "rgmii-id": delays are controlled by the phy
More Information in Linux Kernel Tree:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml
"rgmii" should be the preferred mode, which allows the mac layer to
turn off the dealys completely if they are not needed. However, the
delays are not set correctly, which causes the ethernet interface
to be broken. Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2
will fix the issue.
Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
In kernel commit adf82accc5f5 ("netfilter: x_tables: merge ip and
ipv6 masquerade modules") the config symbols IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE
and IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE have been demoted to simple backwards-
compat options for NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE.
In netfilter.mk, this has already been updated in OpenWrt commit
d1592306cc ("netfilter.mk: use CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE"),
having us use the new config symbol.
However, enabling IP_NF_NAT or IP6_NF_NAT still makes the relevant
legacy options selectable, so we need to disable them in generic
config (and forget about them afterwards).
Since CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE is already present there, this
just adds the missing CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel has removed the symbols CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV4 and
CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 in favor of CONFIG_NF_NAT in commit
3bf195ae6037 ("netfilter: nat: merge nf_nat_ipv4,6 into nat core").
This drops the obsolete symbol CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 from generic
config-5.4.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
The mount point is "/tmp/boot", the path in the boot partition is
"/boot/grub/upgraded".
Origin of this mark b9c1cf16 ("x86: add preinit hook for bootloader
upgrade")
Fixes 32f675ca ("x86: fix grub-bios-setup fail during sysupgrade")
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3140
Reported-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
It's not possible to compile some applications which are using
`-Werror=missing-include-dirs` compiler flags with the SDK as some
target directories are missing in the SDK tarball:
cc1: error: staging_dir/target/usr/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
cc1: error: staging_dir/target/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
Fix this by adding the missing directories in the SDK.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This re-enables offloading features disabled by
commit 9da2b56760 ("ipq40xx: fix ethernet vlan double tagging").
Single-PHY devices use port-based VLANs on the switch, therefore no
S-TAG magic is involved here. Re-enabling these features restores
throughput back to 950 Mbit/s.
Reported-by: Jannis Pinter <jannis@pinterjann.is>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Ubiquiti UniFi AP does not have a AHB connected radio but a PCI one.
Also the EEPROM ist only 0x440 bytes of length.
Reported-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Tested-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The AT803X_PHY kernel config symbol is already enabled target-wide. SO
it does not have to be enabled for individual subtargets.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Patch was upstreamed a long time ago (over 2 years) as commit
a08227a206b8d ("MIPS: ath79: select the PINCTRL subsystem").
When porting this patch to a newer kernel, nobody noticed we now patch a
Broadcom platform. This is clearly not intended. So drop this patch and
pretend nothing ever happened.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This removes unneeded kernel version switches from the targets after
kernel 4.19 has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We use 5.4 on all targets by default, and 4.19 has never been released
in a stable version. There is no reason to keep it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch disables the image for edgerouter devices by default, since
it isn't able to boot at the moment.
Currently the edgerouter image won't boot. Current kernels have an
option CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1 that needs to be enabled for this chip.
If the kernel was compiled without this option, following message is
displayed and the machine reboots:
[ 36.778028] Kernel panic - not syncing: OCTEON II DCache prefetch workaround not in place (cfa0000c).
[ 36.778028] Please build kernel with proper options (CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1).
[ 36.794398] Rebooting in 1 seconds..
This was last confirmed on 2020-10-29.
The description of this option states, that enabling it will possibly
cause performance issues on other chips.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
A typo resulted in that module having it's own menu.
Move it into the I2C menu as it was most likely intended.
Fixes: 1291274335 ("kernel: package bcm53xx i2c module")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
With the fix of external kmod feeds it is possible to ship the
ImageBuilder without any packages except the pseudo packages kernel and
libc. Therefore the local package feeds becomes optional.
This commit adds a check to the package_reload function to only run if
the local feed is existing.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The buildbots generate a kmod archive which should be used instead of a
local copy. This is possible due to the introduction of a kernelversion
specific feed.
This commit adds the ability of using only signed package feeds.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
- minimal built initramfs: 10MB vmlinux ELF -> 6MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
- minimal built initramfs: 11MB vmlinux ELF -> 4.5MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.
Fixes: FS#3354
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
This will make a separated section for dtb appear in ELF, and we can
then use objcopy to patch a dtb into vmlinuz when RAW_APPENDED_DTB
is set in kernel config.
command to patch a dtb:
objcopy --set-section-flags=.appended_dtb=alloc,contents \
--update-section=.appended_dtb=<target>.dtb vmlinuz vmlinuz-dtb
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
linux-mips has zboot code which can create a self-extracting kernel
image.
This allows enabling kernel zboot support for ramips targets.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Same hardware as Phicomm K2G but different flash layout.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
- Flash: 8 MB
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 4 FE ports and 1 GE port (RTL8211F on port 5)
- Wireless radio: MT7620 for 2.4G and MT7612E for 5G, both equipped
with external PA.
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1
Flash instruction:
To avoid requiring UART for TFTP a dual flash procedure is suggested
to install the squashfs image:
1. Rename openwrt-ramips-mt7620-wavlink_wl-wn530hg4-initramfs-kernel.bin
to WN530HG4-WAVLINK.
2. Flash this file with the factory web interface.
3. With OpenWRT now running use standard sysupgrade to install the
squashfs image.
Signed-off-by: Nuno Goncalves <nunojpg@gmail.com>
[remove dts-v1, remove model from LED labels, wrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move CPU_TYPE:=24kc (32-bit) from the top-level target makefile to the
be/le subtarget makefiles, which is consistent with the 64-bit subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Hardware:
- SoC: Lantiq VRX 220
- CPU: 2x MIPS 34Kc 500 MHz
- RAM: 128 MiB 250 MHz
- Flash: 128 MiB NAND
- Ethernet: Built-in Fast Ethernet switch, 4 ports used
- Wifi: Atheros AR9381-AL1A b/g/n with 2 pcb/internal and 1 external antennas
- USB: 1x USB 2.0
- DSL: Built-in A/VDSL2 modem
- DECT: Dialog SC14441
- LEDs: 1 two-color, 4 one-color
- Buttons: 1x DECT, 1x WIFI
- Telephone connectors: 1 FXS port via TAE or RJ11 connector
With the exception of FXS/DECT everything works
(there are no drivers for AVM's FXS or DECT implementation),
DSL is yet untested.
Installation:
Boot up the device and wait a few seconds. Run the eva_ramboot.py script
in scripts/flashing/ to load the initramfs image on the device:
$ ./scripts/flashing/eva_ramboot.py 192.168.178.1 <path to your initramfs image>
If the script fails to reach the device, maybe try 169.254.120.1.
Wait until booting is complete. You should now be able to reach your device
under the default ip address 192.168.1.1.
Before flashing, check if linux_fs_start is not set to 1 in the tffs partition:
$ fritz_tffs_nand -d /dev/mtd1 -n linux_fs_start
If linux_fs_start is 1, you will need to reset it to 0, either by FTP,
upgrading FritzOS or doing a recovery.
Now you should be able to flash the device using sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Leon Maurice Adam <leon.adam@aol.de>
Acked-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[drop BOARD_NAME, use wpad-basic-wolfssl, drop 4.19, drop dts-v1,
remove model prefix from LED names]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At the moment, bcm63xx creates one patch for each board to add to
board_bcm963xx.c. While this is not really helpful to get an overview
in the first place, it is particularly painful if you want to change
something for an early file and have to refresh all the later patches
accordingly.
Since it does not look like these board patches are upstreamed either,
this commit consolidates all board additions into one patch per "board".
By this, both adding and editing boards should become much simpler,
and we drop about 1300 lines of "code" from patches as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This supports upgrade from ar71xx for the recently added Qxwlan
devices E1700AC v2, E558 v2, E750A v4 and E750G v8.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All octeon devices use the same or a very similar way to backup
and restore configuration.
We expect to have more devices added and in order to stop
repeating ourselves move the logic to a separate function.
While at it, add a few checks.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The block protection bits of macronix do not match the implementation.
The chip has 3 BP bits. Bit 5 is actually the third BP but here the
5th bit is SR_TB. Therefore the patch adds SR_TB to the mask. In the
4.19er kernel the whole register was simply set to 0.
The wrong implementation did not remove the block protection. This led
to jffs2 errors in the form of:
"jffs2: Newly-erased block contained word 0x19852003 at offset 0x..."
This caused inconsistent memory and other errors.
Suggested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
NXP linux factory unifies one linux kernel for i.MX, Layerscape and
S32 platforms. It provides a common code base for their SDKs.
Add several kernel patches for bug fix from linux factory last release.
Git: https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux
Tag: LTS-5.4.47-20200828
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Update kernel from LSDK-20.04-V5.4 to LSDK-20.04-V5.4-update-290520.
Only two patches added for Layerscape.
LSDK kernel link
https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux/
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This moves a few shared variables for SD-Boot devices into common
definitions in order to reduce duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At this moment layerscape images are ext4 only. It causes problem with
save changes durring sysupgrade and make "firstboot" and failsafe mode
useless.
This patch changes sd-card images to squashfs + f2fs combined images.
To make place, for saving config, kernel space ar now ext4 partition
with fit kernel.
This method of image generation is similar to rest of OpenWrt sd-card
targets.
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[reword README, reword DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE, keep original indent]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At this moment platform_copy_config function is used for every device
and function "export_partdevice" without "export_bootdevice" causes
multiple errors like that:
"sh: 1: unknown operand"
This patch fix usage of export_partdevice and split platform_copy_config
for sd-card images.
Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
At this moment sysupgrade replaces only kernel and rootfs.
This patch add dtb part to sysupgrade images to avoid situation
when old dtb make system broken.
Is possible to sysupgrade older images for NOR devices:
1. Firmware partition in bootargs need to be updated to:
"49m@0xf00000(firmware)". Env should be saved after changes.
2. After step one, "sysupgrade -F" will work.
Run tested: LS1046A-RDB
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-layerscape]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, kernel has not been written correctly to SD card during
sysupgrade, as both target path and offset were wrong.
This patch fixes it, and adds some descriptive output on the way.
Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[alter/extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.
Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2 will fix
the issue.
Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621AT
- RAM: 256MB
- Flash: 16MB (EN25QH128A)
- Ethernet: 5xGbE
- WiFi: MT7915 2x2 2.4G 573.5Mbps + 2x2 5G 1201Mbps
Known issue:
MT7915 DBDC variant isn't supported yet.
Flash instruction:
Upload the sysupgrade firmware to the firmware upgrade page in
vendor fw.
Other info:
MT7915 seems to have two PCIEs connected to MT7621. Card detected on
PCIE0 has an ID of 14c3:7916 and the other one on PCIE1 has 14c3:7915.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Upstream linux 5.1 commit d1aca8ab ("netfilter: nat: merge ipv4 and ipv6
masquerade functionality") replaces the following 2 options
- CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV4
- CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV6
with CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE. The new option is one without prompt and
will be selected by CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE introduced
still later in 5.2.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
TP-Link RE200 v4 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas.
It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2/v3.
Specifications
--------------
- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- UART connection holes on PCB (57600 8n1)
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.
MAC addresses
-------------
The MAC address assignment matches stock firmware, i.e.:
LAN : *:8E
2.4G: *:8D
5G : *:8C
MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.
The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.
Installation
------------
Web Interface
-------------
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.
Recovery
--------
Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.
Instructions for serial console and recovery may be checked out in
commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on
the device's Wiki page.
Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[removed empty line, fix commit message formatting]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 06/2020.
Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, it does not
seem to be needed and upcoming changes (mainly DSA) will break
backward-compatibility anyway.
Thus, make maintaining of old stuff and reviewing of new stuff
easier by removing support for kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Pci is broken when bootm is used instead of the custom bootipq. This
is caused by the lack of reset by the bootloader. Make the driver do
the reset to fix this specific problem.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 04/2020.
Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, and there has
been a lot of changes between 4.19 and 5.4 on this target. Despite,
new devices are typically added for 5.4 only anyway.
Thus, make maintaining of old stuff and reviewing of new stuff
easier by removing support for kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 03/2020.
Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, it does not
seem to be needed, and removing it will make upcoming driver
updates easier. Thus, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* add d-link_dgs-1210-10p support
* make sure mips16 is disabled
* add a generic sub target
* add proper cflags
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Specification:
- CPU: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7 Up to 1.2GHz
- DDR3 RAM: 512MB/1GB
- Network:
10/100/1000M Ethernet x 1，
10/100M Ethernet x 1
- WiFi: 802.11b/g/n, with SMA antenna interface
- USB Host: Type-A x2
- MicroSD Slot x 1
- MicroUSB: for OTG and power input
- Debug Serial Port: 3Pin 2.54mm pitch pin-header
- LED:
nanopi:red:status
nanopi:green:wan
nanopi:green:lan
- KEY:
reset
- Power Supply: DC 5V/2A
Installation:
- Write the image to SD Card with dd
- Boot NanoPi from the SD Card
Signed-off-by: Jayantajit Gogoi <jayanta.gogoi525@gmail.com>
E1700AC v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9880.
Specification:
- 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 2 x 10/1000M Mbps Ethernet (RJ45)
- 1 x MiniPCI-e
- 1 x SIM (3G/4G)
- 1 x USB 2.0 Port
- 5 x LED , 2 x Button(S8-Reset Buttun), 1 x power input
- UART (J5) header on PCB (115200 8N1)
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig, whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Qxwlan E558 v2 is based on Qualcomm QCA9558 + AR8327.
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558)
- 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 4x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 3-pos switch
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (JP5) and LEDs (J8) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig, whitespace adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Qxwlan E750G v8 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344 + QCA9334.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The code is now much cleaner and works better than the old code.
Preparation for submitting it upstream (though with a different API)
Also add back MT7621 support and fix flow table coherence issues on
MT7622
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Qxwlan E750A v4 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 5G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: Peng Zhang <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, alter use of DEVICE_VARIANT, merge case
in 01_leds, use lower case for v4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patches for various targets, this removes
the "devicename" from LED labels in rtl838x, as it's useless and
only creates complexity.
Since the target is fresh and so far only system LEDs were added,
this does not add a migration script.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The syntax of the shared SoC DTSI file determines the DTS version,
so no need to repeat the "/dts-v1/;" identifier in every file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The idea of commit a14f5bb4bd was to use wpad-basic-wolfssl
consistently throughout the whole trunk, so use it here as well.
Fixes: 50fdddae05 ("BPi-M2U kernel modules for onboard WiFi")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix wrong magic number verification for FW files.
Correct handling of external RTL8218B firmware PHY name in firmware.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
The router profile installs many packages unnecessary for
the operation of a typical ethernet switch. Instead of creating
an empty switch profile upfront, use the basic profile until
a set of common packages crystallizes.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
Fixes long delay on boot when booting from flash. The driver waits
for one minute for userspace to load firmware, before it becomes
available.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
This adds basic support for reading the internal PHYs of the RTL839x SoCs
and full support for the 2 PHYs connected to the 1000Base-X SerDes of
the RTL8393 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds correct interrupt routing settings for IRQs on the RTL839x SoCs.
It also speeds up irq handling based on work by biot for all SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
The vDSO is used to accelerate some syscalls. It should work fine wherever it's
available, so enable it globally for all targets.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Specification
CPU: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7 Up to 1.2GHz
DDR3 RAM: 256MB/512MB
Connectivity: 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet
USB Host: Type-A x 1
MicroSD Slot x 1
MicroUSB: for power input only
Debug Serial Port: 4Pin, 2.54 mm pitch pin header
Power Supply: DC 5V/2A
PCB Dimension: 40 x 40 x 1.2mm
Installation:
Burn the image file to an SD Card with dd or any image burning tool
Boot ZeroPi from the SD Card
The following features are working and tested:
Ethernet port 10/100/1000M Ethernet
Remarks: SBC is mostly compatible and boots with FriendlyARM NanoPI M1 plus DTS also (zeropi has no working hdmi)
Signed-off-by: Arturas Moskvinas <arturas.moskvinas@gmail.com>
Tested on a A20 board:
$ cat /proc/asound/cards
0 [SPDIF ]: On-board_SPDIF - On-board SPDIF
On-board SPDIF
Size of the module for a 32bit kernel:
60708 linux-5.4.66/sound/soc/sunxi/sun4i-spdif.ko
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The generic bootscript is tailored around a downstream firmware and
doesn't work on a firmware built from mainline components.
Add a bootscript which:
* sets $console since mainline u-boot doesn't do that
* uses distro boot variables, so OpenWRT can be booted off any supported
device when using a mainline firmware
* sets missing distro boot variables for the downstream firmware
Booting with a downstream firmware is unchanged.
Booting with a mainline firmware now works.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
This config option was moved to the generic kernel configuration.
Fixes: ab1bd57656 ("kernel: move F2FS_FS_XATTR and F2FS_STAT_FS symbols to generic")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
correct oversight on setting regulatory country and mac address of wireless configuration
change method of retrieving mac address
The MAC address for eth0 is rad out of the devinfo partition in some
other initial configuration script already.
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
correct device CC oversight
Set the initial wifi configuration like for the other similar Linksys
devices.
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
This commit contains patches for PCI aardvark driver and relevant DTS
changes for Turris MOX and EspressoBin backported from mainline kernel.
It fixes support for old ATF, various wifi cards, mainly Compex WLE900VX.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Usage of current R1 ISA is inconsistent with the MIPS32 subtarget, little
used and has limited utility for testing.
Many distros target a minimum R2 ISA. Debian MIPS 32-bit/64-bit ports all
use MIPS R2 ISA since Stretch, for example. Fedora's MIPS arch also targets
the R2 ISA for 32-bit/64-bit.
Widely used MIPS64 platforms like Octeon are based on the MIPS R2 ISA or
later, and benefit from having a compatible test platform in OpenWRT.
While Linux does support MIPS64 R1 targets, its usefulness for development
and testing is limited. As an example, the modern Linux eBPF JIT requires
a MIPS R2 ISA or later.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
[Refresh config and fix README]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
Like done for other targets recently, put the dts-v1 statement
into the top-level SoC-based DTSI files, and remove all other
occurences.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After the LED labels have been made more general by removing
the model names, we can move several definitions to DTSI files
to reduce the amount of duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patches for various targets, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in bcm63xx, as it's useless and
only creates complexity.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, merging
several cases on the way. A migration script is added for
existing configurations.
Note that a few labels were using "model::function" scheme without
color specified, those were converting to just "function" and the
necessary migrations were added to the migration script.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Similar to how it was already done for other filesystems' *_FS_XATTR
kernel config symbols, also move CONFIG_F2FS_FS_XATTR=y and
CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y to target/linux/generic.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Since "sda-gpios" and "scl-gpios" are only available since kernel 4.19,
a few devices have redundantly defined "gpios" to also support older
kernels. Since we have nothing older than 4.19 now, we can remove
the redundant definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ramips target only supports 5.4, so drop all kernel version
switches for older kernels there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes a regression after a kernel change in 5.4.69 [1] that
led to build failure on oxnas/ox820:
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2238:13: error: initialization of
'enum ata_completion_errors (*)(struct ata_queued_cmd *)'
from incompatible pointer type
'void (*)(struct ata_queued_cmd *)' [-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types]
.qc_prep = sata_oxnas_qc_prep,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2238:13: note:
(near initialization for 'sata_oxnas_ops.qc_prep')
Our local driver is changed the same way as prototyped in the
kernel patch, i.e. return type is changed and AC_ERR_OK return
value is added.
[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=e11c83520cd04b813cd1748ee2a8f2c620e5f7e3
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There is no point in keeping the AR40xx driver as a patch as its
not pending merge or backport.
To allow for easier maintenance until DSA is ready move it into
files like EDMA is.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[combine with removal from patches-5.4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Extended attributes are required for overlayfs and have hence been long
ago enabled for jffs2, but should be enabled unconditionally for all
other filesystems which may potentially serve as overlayfs' upper
directory. Previously it was inconsistently added in multiple targets.
Add symbols to generic kernel config and remove all *_XATTR symbols
from target configs.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[keep things as they are for squashfs, improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The options were out of order which makes reviewing of changes harder.
Sort it before applying an actual change.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Like in the previous patches for other targets, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in lantiq.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, consolidation
of definitions into DTSI files is done where (easily) possible,
and migration scripts are updated. The DTS/DTSI consolidation is
only performed for files-5.4.
For lantiq,easy98020 some LED definitions have the form
"devicename:function" without the color, so we need to implement
explicit migration for that one.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Upstream provides DTS(I) files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1, but we overwrite
them with local versions so far.
Remove the local files and use patches to be closer to upstream.
We already do the same for IPQ40xx/AP-DK01.1-C1.
Technically, this changes the compatible from "qcom,ipq4019" to
"qcom,ipq4019-dk04.1-c1", but it has never been implemented correctly
beforehand anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds several stylistic and functional improvements of the recently
added Edgecore ECW5211, especially:
* Drop the local BDFs as those are already in the upstream under different names
* Add SPDX tag to DTS
* Add label MAC address
* Move LED trigger to DTS
* Remove unnecessary status="okay"
* Disable unused SS USB phy as the USB port only supports USB 2.0
* Make uboot-env partition writable
* Remove qcom,poll_required_dynamic property as the driver does not use it
* Tidy up the device recipe
Fixes: 4488b260a0 ("ipq40xx: add Edgecore ECW5211 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Acked-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Like in the previous patches for ath79 and ramips, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in ipq806x.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, and a migration
script is added.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patches for ath79 and ramips, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in ipq40xx.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, and a migration
script is added. While at it, also harmonize capitalization of
wlan2G/wlan5G vs. wlan2g/wlan5g.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use the full model name for this device to make it easier to
recognize for the users and in order to make it consistent with
the other devices.
While at it, fix sorting in 03_gpio_switches.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since we have a v2.1 (EU) with different partitioning now, rename
the v2.0 to make the difference visible to the user more directly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WPA8630P (EU) in its v2.1
version. The only unique aspect for the firmware compared to v2
layout is the partition layout.
Note that while the EU version has different partitioning for
v2.0 and v2.1, the v2.1 (AU) is supported by the v2-int image.
If you plan to use this device, make sure you have a look at
the Wiki page to check whether the device is supported and
which image needs to be taken.
Specifications
--------------
- QCA9563 750MHz, 2.4GHz WiFi
- QCA9888 5GHz WiFi
- 8MiB SPI Flash
- 128MiB RAM
- 3 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
- PLC (QCA7550)
Installation
------------
Installation is possible from the OEM web interface. Make sure to
install the latest OEM firmware first, so that the PLC firmware is
at the latest version. However, please also check the Wiki page
for hints according to altered partitioning between OEM firmware
revisions.
Notes
-----
The OEM firmware has 0x620000 to 0x680000 unassigned, so we leave
this empty as well. It is complicated enough already ...
Signed-off-by: Joe Mullally <jwmullally@gmail.com>
[improve partitions, use v2 DTSI, add entry in 02_network, rewrite
and extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The D-Link DIR-645 currently uses an incorrect logic level for its
buttons.
Correct them in order to prevent unintentional activation of failsafe
mode.
Reported-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds basic support for Radxa Rock Pi 4
Specification:
- RAM: 1 GB/ 2 GB/4 GB LPDDR4
- SoC: Rockchip RK3399
- CPU: 64bit hexa core processor
Dual Cortex-A72, freqency 1.8Ghz
with quad Cortex-A53, frequency 1.4Ghz
- USB: USB 3.0 OTG x1
hardware switch for host/device switch, upper one
USB 3.0 HOST x1
dedicated USB3.0 channel, lower one
USB 2.0 HOST x2
- Ethernet: 1x GbE
- Storage: eMMC module
uSD card
M.2 SSD
- Wireless: 802.11 ac wifi
Bluetooth 5.0
currently not supported
firmware Installation
======================
gzip -d xxx.img.gz, then dd the .img to SD/eMMC
======================
Device Tested: ROCK PI 4 Model B v1.3
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
The NanoPi R2S features a Realtek Gigabit Ethernet PHY. Enable the
Realtek specific PHY driver to correctly configure internal delays.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Fix the PHY ID for the NanoPi R2S PHY compatible to match the used PHY.
The ID was wrong as I've accidentally picked the wrong upstream patch.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Seemingly unneeded based on new upstream code so manually deleted:
layerscape:
820-usb-0007-usb-dwc3-gadget-increase-timeout-value-for-send-ep-c.patch
Manually merged:
generic-hack:
251-sound_kconfig.patch
All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add lantiq test report, minor commit message clarification]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch intruduce SATA support for layerscape devices.
Target specific package with ahci_qoriq driver was added
to local modules.mk.
Kmod package was added to default packages for devices with
SATA interface.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch adds kmod-hwmon-ina2xx kmod-hwmon-lm90 for boards,
which have it installed.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
While we mostly use the ucidef_set_led_* functions directly in 01_leds
we still have the set_wifi_led function in parallel for several old
devices. This is not only inconsistent with the other definitions,
it also links to the wlan0 interface instead of using a phy trigger
which would be independent of the interface name (and is used for
all newer devices anyway). Apart from that, the standard names
"wifi" and "wifi-led" are not very helpful in a world with different
radio bands either.
Thus, this patch removes the set_wifi_led function and puts the
relevant commands into the cases explicitly. This makes the
mechanism used more evident and will hopefully lead to some future
improvements or at least prevent some copy-pasting of the old
setups.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In ramips, it's not common to use an alias for specifying the WiFi
LED; actually only one device uses this mechanism (TL-WR841N v14).
Particularly since the WiFi LEDs are typically distinguished between
2.4G and 5G etc. it is also not very useful for this target.
Thus, this patch removes the setup lines for this mechanism and
converts the TL-WR841N v14 to the normal setup.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patch for ath79 target, this will remove the
"devicename" from LED labels in ramips as well.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, consolidation
of definitions into DTSI files is done where (easily) possible,
and migration scripts are updated.
For the latter, all existing definitions were actually just
devicename migrations anyway. Therefore, those are removed and
a common migration file is created in target base-files. This is
actually another example of how the devicename removal makes things
easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently, we request LED labels in OpenWrt to follow the scheme
modelname:color:function
However, specifying the modelname at the beginning is actually
entirely useless for the devices we support in OpenWrt. On the
contrary, having this part actually introduces inconvenience in
several aspects:
- We need to ensure/check consistency with the DTS compatible
- We have various exceptions where not the model name is used,
but the vendor name (like tp-link), which is hard to track
and justify even for core-developers
- Having model-based components will not allow to share
identical LED definitions in DTSI files
- The inconsistency in what's used for the model part complicates
several scripts, e.g. board.d/01_leds or LED migrations from
ar71xx where this was even more messy
Apart from our needs, upstream has deprecated the label property
entirely and introduced new properties to specify color and
function properties separately. However, the implementation does
not appear to be ready and probably won't become ready and/or
match our requirements in the foreseeable future.
However, the limitation of generic LEDs to color and function
properties follows the same idea pointed out above. Generic LEDs
will get names like "green:status" or "red:indicator" then, and
if a "devicename" is prepended, it will be the one of an internal
device, like "phy1:amber:status".
With this patch, we move into the same direction, and just drop
the boardname from the LED labels. This allows to consolidate
a few definitions in DTSI files (will be much more on ramips),
and to drop a few migrations compared to ar71xx that just changed
the boardname. But mainly, it will liberate us from a completely
useless subject to take care of for device support review and
maintenance.
To also drop the boardname from existing configurations, a simple
migration routine is added unconditionally.
Although this seems unfamiliar at first look, a quick check in kernel
for the arm/arm64 dts files revealed that while 1033 lines have
labels with three parts *:*:*, still 284 actually use a two-part
labelling *:*, and thus is also acceptable and not even rare there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
In lantiq, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent SoC-based DTSI files already determines the DTS
version, so putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.
Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the top-level
SoC-based DTSI files, and removes all other occurences.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes accordingly where necessary.
Changes are applied to files-5.4 only, files-4.19 remains untouched.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
reg accesses on integrated ar8229 sometimes fails. As a result, phy read
got incorrect port status and wan link goes down and up mysteriously.
After comparing ar8216 with the old driver, these local_irq_save/restore
calls are the only meaningful differences I could find and it does fix
the issue.
The same changes were added in svn r26856 by Gabor Juhos:
ar71xx: ag71xx: make switch register access atomic
As I can't find the underlying problem either, this hack is broght
back to fix the unstable link issue.
This hack is only suitable for ath79 mdio and may easily break the
driver on other platform. Limit it to ath79-only as a target patch.
Fixes: FS#2216
Fixes: FS#3226
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This adds the compatible property to the NanoPi R2S ethernet PHY node.
Otherwise, the PHY might not be probed, as the PHY ID reads all 0xff
when it is still in reset.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The `libfakeroot` files are currently missing in the ImageBuilder. As
`fakeroot` is always built, copy those files unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x, ath79/generic, bcm72xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Hak5 WiFi Pineapple NANO is an "USB dongle" device dedicated for Wi-Fi
pentesters. This device is based on Atheros AR9331 and AR9271. Support
for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx). FCC ID: 2AB87-NANO.
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (AR9331)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (AR9271L), with ext. PA and LNA (Qorvo RFFM4203)
- 2x RP-SMA antenna connectors
- 1x USB 2.0 to 10/100 Ethernet bridge (ASIX AX88772A)
- integrated 4-port USB 2.0 HUB: Alcor Micro AU6259:
- 1x USB 2.0
- 1x microSD card reader (Genesys Logic GL834L)
- Atheros AR9271L
- 1x LED, 1x button
- UART (4-pin, 2 mm pitch) header on PCB
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug for power and AX88772A
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Hak5 Packet Squirrel is a pocket-sized device dedicated for pentesters
(MITM attacks). This device is based on Atheros AR9331 but it lacks
WiFi. Support for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx).
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x RJ45 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button, 1x 4-way mechanical switch
- 1x Micro USB Type-B for main power input
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Hak5 LAN Turtle is an "USB Ethernet Adapter" shaped device dedicated for
sysadmins and pentesters. This device is based on Atheros AR9331 but it
lacks WiFi. Support for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx).
Two different versions of this device exist and it's up to the user to
install required drivers (generic image supports only common features):
- LAN Turtle 3G with Quectel UG96 3G modem
- LAN Turtle SD with microSD card reader (Alcorlink AU6435R)
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x RJ45 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0 to 10/100 Ethernet bridge (Realtek RTL8152B)
- 2x LED (power, system), 1x button (inside, on the PCB)
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug for power and RTL8152B
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network N5Q is a successor of previous model, the N5 (outdoor
CPE/AP, based on Atheros AR7240 + AR9280). New version is based on
Atheros AR9344.
Support for this device was first introduced in 4b0eebe9df (ar71xx
target) but users are advised to migrate from ar71xx target without
preserving settings as ath79 support includes some changes in network
and LED default configuration. They were aligned with vendor firmware
and recently added N2Q model (both Ethernet ports as LAN, labelled as
LAN1 and LAN2).
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9344
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi, with ext. PA (RFPA5542) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 2x IPEX/U.FL or MMCX antenna connectors (for PCBA version)
- 8x LED (7 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- LEDs (2x 5-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network N2Q is an outdoor N300 AP/CPE based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9531 v2. This model is a successor of the old N2 which was based
on Atheros AR7240. FCC ID: 2AB8795311.
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with ext. PA (Skyworks SE2623L) and LNA
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with passive PoE input in one port (24 V)
- PoE pass through in second port (controlled by GPIO)
- support for optional 802.3af/at PoE module
- 1x mini PCIe slot (PCIe bus, extra 4.2 V for high power cards)
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B (power controlled by GPIO)
- 8x LED (7 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- LEDs (2x 5-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network R36A is a successor of the previous model, the R36 (Ralink
RT3050F based). New version is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2, FCC
ID: 2AB879531.
Support for this device was first introduced in af8f0629df (ar71xx
target). When updating from previous release (and/or ar71xx target),
user should only adjust the WAN LED trigger type (netdev in ar71xx,
switch port in ath79).
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB (R36AH/-U2) or 64 MB (R36A) of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- Passive PoE input support (12~36 V) in RJ45 near DC jack
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with Qorvo RFFM8228P FEM
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B in R36AH-U2 version
- USB power is controlled by GPIO
- 6/7x LED (5/6 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi/wps)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- DC jack with lock, for main power input (12 V)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
Optional/additional features in R36A series (R36A was the first model):
- for R36AH: USB 2.0 hub*
- for R36AH-U2: USB 2.0 hub*, 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B, one more LED
*) there are at least three different USB 2.0 hub in R36AH/-U2 variants:
- Terminus-Tech FE 1.1
- Genesys Logic GL852G
- Genesys Logic GL850G (used in latests revision)
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Samsung WAM250 is a dual-band (selectable, not simultaneous) wireless
hub, dedicated for Samsung Shape Wireless Audio System. The device is
based on Atheros AR9344 (FCC ID: A3LWAM250). Support for this device
was first introduced in e58e49bdbe (ar71xx target).
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9344
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz Wi-Fi, with ext. PA (SE2598L, SE5003L) and LNA
- 1x USB 2.0
- 4x LED (all are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wps/speaker add)
- DC jack for main power input (14 V)
- UART header on PCB (J4, RX: 3, TX: 5)
Flash instruction:
This device uses dual-image (switched between upgrades) with a common
jffs2 config partition. Fortunately, there is a way to disable this mode
so that more flash space can be used by OpenWrt image.
You can easily access this device over telnet, using root/root
credentials (the same also work for serial console access).
1. Make sure that your device uses second (bootpart=2) image using
command: "fw_printenv bootpart".
2. If your device uses first image (bootpart=1), perform upgrade to the
latest vendor firmware (after the update, device should boot from
second partition) using web gui (default login: admin/1234567890).
3. Rename "sysupgrade" image to "firmware.bin", download it (you can use
wget, tftp or ftpget) to "/tmp" and issue below commands:
mtd_debug erase /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin | awk -F' ' '{print $1}')
mtd_debug write /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin)
fw_setenv bootpart
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f070000"
reboot
Revert to vendor firmware instruction:
1. Download vendor firmware to "/tmp" device and issue below commands:
fw_setenv bootpart 1
sysupgrade -n -F SS_BHUB_v2.2.05.bin
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Wallys DR531 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 v2. Support for this
device was first introduced in e767980eb8 (ar71xx target).
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, with external PA (SE2576L), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors (optional IPEX/U.FL)
- mini PCIe connector (PCIe/USB buses and mini SIM slot)
- 7x LED, 1x button, 1x optional buzzer
- UART, JTAG and LED headers on PCB
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):
tftpb 0x80060000 openwrt-ath79-...-dr531-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The AP121FE is a slightly modified version of already supported AP121F
model (added to ar71xx in 0c6165d21a and to ath79 in 334bbc5198).
The differences in compare to AP121F:
- no micro SD card reader
- USB data lines are included in Type-A plug
- USB bus switched to device/peripheral mode (permanently, in bootstrap)
Other than that, specifications are the same:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, up to 15 dBm
- 1x IPEX/U.FL connector, internal PCB antenna
- 3x LED, 1x button, 1x switch
- 4-pin UART header on PCB (2 mm pitch)
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug (power and data)
Flash instruction (under U-Boot web recovery mode):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with RJ45 port, press the reset button, power up device,
wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup), then keep
button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The ethernet setup/label MAC address for RT-AC51U and RT-AC54U are
the same, so move them into the shared DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The order of function and color in the labels in inverted for the
LAN LEDs. Fix it.
Fixes: 915966d861 ("ath79: Port PowerCloud Systems CAP324 support")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The LED color was missing in 01_leds.
Fixes: 745dee11ac ("ath79: add support for WD My Net Wi-Fi Range
Extender")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
In ramips, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent mtxxxx/rtxxxx DTSI files already determines the DTS
version, so putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.
Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the top-level
SoC-based DTSI files, and removes all other occurences.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes accordingly where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
In ath79, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent ath79.dtsi file already determines the DTS version, so
putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.
Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the parent
ath79.dtsi, which is (indirectly) included by all DTS files. All
other occurences are removed.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes to make sure the ath79.dtsi or its
descendants are always included first.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ath79.dtsi uses ATH79_CLK_MDIO, so the include
<dt-bindings/clock/ath79-clk.h>
needs to be moved there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
Therefore, adding it to a DTS _and_ a DTSI file is actually wrong,
as it will be present twice then (though the compiler does not
complain about it).
In ipq40xx, the dts-v1 statement is already included in
qcom-ipq4019.dtsi, so we don't have to add it anywhere at all.
However, based on the conditions stated above, this requires
qcom-ipq4019.dtsi to be included as the first file in any DTS(I).
Consequently, this patch removes all cases of dts-v1 for the
ipq40xx target, and moves the includes accordingly where necessary.
While at it, remove a few obviously unneeded includes on the way.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move engenius_loader_okli image recipe in front of all Engenius
devices, so adding new device entries will not have them sorted
before the shared recipe.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
First group the interfaces on the DSA switch into the
right LAN/WAN groups. Tested successfully on the
D-Link DIR-685 with the RTL8366RB DSA switch.
The RTL8366RB is DSA custom tagged and now handled
by the kernel tag parser. (Backported.)
The Vitesse switches are not capable of supporting
DSA per-port tagging. We suspect they must be handled
using some custom VLAN set-up.
Cc: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
[sorted devices alphabetically]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
.dts:226.17-230.4: Warning (spi_bus_reg): /soc/spi@78b6000/spi@1:
SPI bus unit address format error, expected "0"
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for Cisco Meraki MR32.
The unit was donated by Chris Blake. Thank you!
WARNING:
Only the 1x1:1 abgn Air Marshal WIPS wifi is currently supported by b43:
b43-phy2: Found PHY: Analog 9, Type 4 (N), Revision 16
b43-phy2: Found Radio: Manuf 0x17F, ID 0x2057, Revision 9, Version 1
b43-phy2: Loading firmware version 784.2 (2012-08-15 21:35:19)
and only as 802.11ABG!
while WIFI1 and WIFI2 (both BCM4352) are not:
b43-phy0: Broadcom 4352 WLAN found (core revision 42)
b43-phy0 ERROR: FOUND UNSUPPORTED PHY (Analog 12, Type 11 (AC), Revision 1)
Hardware Highlights:
SoC: Broadcom BCM53016A1 (1 GHz, 2 cores)
RAM: 128 MiB
NAND: 128 MiB Spansion S34ML01G2 (~114 MiB useable)
ETH: 1GBit Ethernet Port - PoE
WIFI1: Broadcom BCM43520 an+ac (2x2:2 - id: 0x4352)
WIFI2: Broadcom BCM43520 bgn (2x2:2 - id: 0x4352)
WIFI3: Broadcom BCM43428 abgn (1x1:1 - id: 43428)
BLE: Broadcom BCM20732 (ttyS1)
LEDS: 1 x Programmable RGB Status LED (driven by a PWM)
1 x White LED (GPIO)
1 x Orange LED Fault Indicator (GPIO)
2 x LAN Activity / Speed LEDs (On the RJ45 Port)
BUTTON: one Reset button
MISC: AT24C64 8KiB EEPROM (i2c - stores Ethernet MAC + Serial#!)
ina219 hardware monitor (i2c)
Kensington Lock
SERIAL:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3V3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The board has a populated
right angle 1x4 0.1" pinheader.
The pinout is: VCC, RX, TX, GND. (Use a multimeter)
Flashing needs a serial adaptor (due to the lack of a working dropbear on
the original firmware).
This flashing procedure for the MR32 was tested with firmware:
"r23-149867:150252-aacharya".
0. Create a seperate Ethernet LAN which does not have access to the internet.
Ideally use 192.168.1.2 for your PC. Make sure to reserve 192.168.1.1 it
will be used later on by the OpenWrt firmware. The original Meraki firmware
will likely try to setup the network via DHCP Discovery, so make sure your
PC is running a DHCP-Server (i.e.: dnsmasq)
'# dnsmasq -i eth# -F 192.168.1.5,192.168.1.50
Furthermore, the PC needs a supported ssh/http/ftp server in order to
retrieve the initramfs + dtb file
1. Disassemble the MR32 device by removing all screws (4 screws are located
under the 4 rubber feets!) and prying open the plastic covers without
breaking the plastic retention clips. Once inside, remove all the screws
on the outer metal shielding to get to the PCB. It's not necessary to
remove the antennas!
2. Connect the serial cable to the serial header.
3. Partially reassemble the outer metal shielding to ensure that the SoC
has a proper heat sink.
4. Connect the Ethernet patch cable to the device and the power cable.
5. Wait for the device to boot and enter the root shell.
(rooting is not discussed in detail here please refer to
Chris Blake - "pwning the meraki mr18" blog post:
<https://servernetworktech.com/2016/02/pwning-the-meraki-mr18/>
(The same method works with the MR32's r23-149867:150252-aacharya)
Wait for the MR32 to enter the "<Meraki>" prompt and enter:
<Meraki> odm serial_num read
(Verify that it matches what's on the S/N Sticker on the back!)
<Meraki> odm serial_num write Q2XX-XXXX-XXXV
<Meraki> odm serial_num read
(Verify that the S/N has changed - and the LED start to flash)
now to flash the firmware:
<Meraki> odm firmware part.safe "http://192.168.1.2/mr32-initramfs.bin"
Once OpenWrt booted use sysupgrade to permanently install
OpenWrt. To do this: Download the latest sysupgrade.bin file
for the MR32 to the device and use sysupgrade *sysupgrade.bin
to install it.
WARNING: DO NOT DELETE the "storage" ubi volume!
To flash later MR32 Firmwares like r25-201804051805-G885d6d78-dhow-rel
requires in-circut-i2c tools to access the I2C EEPROM AT24C64 next to
the SoC. The idea is pretty much the same as from Step 5 from above:
Change the serial number to Q2XXXXXXXXXV (should be around 0x7c), then
attach a serial cable, ethernet (but make sure the device can't reach
the internet!) hit "s" (the small s!) during boot to enter the root-shell
and add the following commands to the /storage/config there:
serial_allow_odm true
serial_access_enabled true
serial_access_check false
valid_config true
and then hit exit to let it finish booting.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The BCM5301x SoCs do have i2c. Since this is only
being used by the Meraki MR32, this will be packaged
as a module.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
These have made their way into -next. This patch
also includes the portion of the bcm53xx kernel
patch refreshes as the hunks in
302-ARM-dts-BCM5301X-Update-Northstar-pinctrl-binding.patch
moved slightly due to the added nodes.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The Meraki MR32 (BCM53016A1) uses the pwm to drive the
tricolor LED. The driver has been available in upstream
for a long time. Only the Device-Tree definition was
missing, but it has been queued recently.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
As the PWM has its own sub-system in the Linux kernel,
I think it should be handled in the same way as GPIO, RTC, PCI...
This patch introduces a specific feature flag "pwm" and the
"leds-pwm" kernel module as the first customer.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The Linksys MR8300 is based on QCA4019 and QCA9888
and provides three, independent radios.
NAND provides two, alternate kernel/firmware images
with fail-over provided by the OEM U-Boot.
Hardware Highlights:
SoC: IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
RAM: 512MB RAM
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
RAM: 512M DDR3
FLASH: 256 MB NAND (Winbond W29N02GV, 8-bit parallel)
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075 (4x GigE LAN, 1x GigE Internet Ethernet Jacks)
BTN: Reset and WPS
USB: USB3.0, single port on rear with LED
SERIAL: Serial pads internal (unpopulated)
LED: Four status lights on top + USB LED
WIFI1: 2x2:2 QCA4019 2.4 GHz radio on ch. 1-14
WIFI2: 2x2:2 QCA4019 5 GHz radio on ch. 36-64
WIFI3: 2x2:2 QCA9888 5 GHz radio on ch. 100-165
Support is based on the already supported EA8300.
Key differences:
EA8300 has 256MB RAM where MR8300 has 512MB RAM.
MR8300 has a revised top panel LED setup.
Installation:
"Factory" images may be installed directly through the OEM GUI using
URL: https://ip-of-router/fwupdate.html (Typically 192.168.1.1)
Signed-off-by: Hans Geiblinger <cybrnook2002@yahoo.com>
[copied Hardware-highlights from EA8300. Fixed alphabetical order.
fixed commit subject, removed bogus unit-address of keys,
fixed author (used Signed-off-By to From:) ]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN, also known as Luma WiFi System, is a dual-band
wireless access point.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018
RAM: 256 MB DDR3
Flash: 2 MB SPI NOR
128 MB SPI NAND
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 2T2R integrated
5 GHz 2T2R integrated
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8075
USB: 1x 2.0
Bluetooth: 1x 4.0 CSR8510 A10, connected to USB bus
LEDS: 16x multicolor LEDs ring, controlled by MSP430G2403 MCU
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
EEPROM: 16 Kbit, compatible with AT24C16
UART: row of 4 holes marked on PCB as J19, starting count from the side
of J19 marking on PCB
1. GND, 2. RX, 3. TX, 4. 3.3V
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
The device supports OTA or USB flash drive updates, unfotunately they
are signed. Until the signing key is known, the UART access is mandatory
for installation. The difficult part is disassembling the casing, there
are a lot of latches holding it together.
Teardown
Prepare three thin, but sturdy, prying tools. Place the device with back
of it facing upwards. Start with the wall having a small notch. Insert
first tool, until You'll feel resistance and keep it there. Repeat the
procedure for neighbouring walls. With applying a pressure, one edge of
the back cover should pop up. Now carefully slide one of the tools to
free the rest of the latches.
There's no need to solder pins to the UART holes, You can use hook clips,
but wiring them outside the casing, will ease debuging and recovery if
problems occur.
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs image.
2. Connect to UART port (don't connect the voltage pin).
3. Connect to LAN port.
4. Power on the device, carefully observe the console output and when
asked quickly enter the failsafe mode.
5. Invoke 'mount_root'.
6. After the overlayfs is mounted run:
fw_setenv bootdelay 3
This will allow to access U-Boot shell.
7. Reboot the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
8. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
tftpboot 0x84000000 <openwrt_initramfs_image_name>
bootm 0x84000000
and wait till OpenWrt boots.
9. In OpenWrt command line run following commands:
fw_setenv openwrt "setenv mtdids nand1=spi_nand; setenv mtdparts mtdparts=spi_nand:-(ubi); ubi part ubi; ubi read 0x84000000 kernel; bootm 0x84000000"
fw_setenv bootcmd "run openwrt"
10. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N ubi_rootfs
sysupgrade -v -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
11. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt, then it's
ready for configuration.
Reverting to OEM firmware
1. Execute installation guide steps: 1, 2, 3, 7, 8.
2. In OpenWrt command line run following commands:
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N rootfs_data
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N rootfs
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N kernel
ubirename /dev/ubi0 kernel1 kernel ubi_rootfs1 ubi_rootfs
ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 34 -N kernel1
ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 320 -N ubi_rootfs1
ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 264 -N rootfs_data
fw_setenv bootcmd bootipq
3. Reboot.
Known issues
The LEDs ring doesn't have any dedicated driver or application to control
it, the only available option atm is to manipulate it with 'i2cset'
command. The default action after applying power to device is spinning
blue light. This light will stay active at all time. To disable it
install 'i2c-tools' with opkg and run:
i2cset -y 2 0x48 3 1 0 0 i
The light will stay off until next cold boot.
Additional information
After completing 5. step from installation guide, one can disable asking
for root password on OEM firmware by running:
sed -e 's/root❌/root::/' -i /etc/passwd
This is useful for investigating the OEM firmware. One can look
at the communication between the stock firmware and the vendor's
cloud servers or as a way of making a backup of both flash chips.
The root password seems to be constant across all sold devices.
This is output of 'led_ctl' from OEM firmware to illustrate
possibilities of LEDs ring:
Usage: led_ctl [status | upgrade | force_upgrade | version]
led_ctl solid COLOR <brightness>
led_ctl single COLOR INDEX <brightness 0 - 15>
led_ctl spinning COLOR <period 1 - 16 (lower = faster)>
led_ctl fill COLOR <period 1 - 16 (lower = faster)>
( default is 5 )
led_ctl flashing COLOR <on dur 1 - 128> <off dur 1 - 128>
(default is 34) ( default is 34 )
led_ctl pulsing COLOR
COLOR: red, green, blue, yellow, purple, cyan, white
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[squash "ipq-wifi: add BDFs for Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN" into commit,
changed ubi volumes for easier integration, slightly reworded
commit message, changed ubi volume layout to use standard names all
around]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x, lantiq/xrx200 and ath79/generic
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), lantiq (Easybox 904 xDSL)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add test on lantiq]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This submission relied heavily on the work of
Santiago Rodriguez-Papa <contact at rodsan.dev>
Specifications:
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621A (880 MHz 2c/4t)
* RAM: Winbond W632GG6MB-12 (256M DDR3-1600)
* Flash: Winbond W29N01HVSINA (128M NAND)
* Eth: MediaTek MT7621A (10/100/1000 Mbps x5)
* Radio: MT7603E/MT7615N (2.4 GHz & 5 GHz)
4 antennae: 1 internal and 3 non-deatachable
* USB: 3.0 (x1)
* LEDs:
White (x1 logo)
Green (x6 eth + wps)
Orange (x5, hardware-bound)
* Buttons:
Reset (x1)
WPS (x1)
Installation:
Flash factory image through GUI.
This might fail due to the A/B nature of this device. When flashing, OEM
firmware writes over the non-booted partition. If booted from 'A',
flashing over 'B' won't work. To get around this, you should flash the
OEM image over itself. This will then boot the router from 'B' and
allow you to flash OpenWRT without problems.
Reverting to factory firmware:
Hard-reset the router three times to force it to boot from 'B.' This is
where the stock firmware resides. To remove any traces of OpenWRT from
your router simply flash the OEM image at this point.
Signed-off-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net>
SPDX moved from GPL-2.0 to GPL-2.0-only and from GPL-2.0+ to
GPL-2.0-or-later. Reflect that in the SPDX license headers.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The legacy ar71xx target is removed and multiple targets use DTS now, so
there is no need to point that out for ATH79 specifically.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
bluetooth on mt7622 needs a firmware to start. It can't be built-in or
it tries to load firmware before rootfs is mounted, and then fails.
build it as a kernel module to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
It turns out that 'echo -e' isn't portable; it doesn't work in the dash
builtin echo and Ubuntu users are complaining.
I can't even get octal (specified by POSIX) to work consistently because
those variants of 'echo' which *do* support -e don't seem to interpret
octalwithout it.
I could switch to /bin/echo but using -e with that isn't actually
portable *either* even though it works today.
For now just stick with bash, and use its builtin. We may end up using
something else entirely; perhaps perl.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This fixes several stylistic and functional errors of the recently
added Edgecore ECW5410:
- fix call in 11-ath10k-caldata
- use hex notation in 11-ath10k-caldata
- remove redundant definitions from DTS that are already in DTSI
- use proper sorting in image/Makefile
- use DEVICE_VENDOR/DEVICE_MODEL instead of DEVICE_TITLE
- use SOC instead of DEVICE_DTS
Fixes: 59f0a0fd83 ("ipq806x: add Edgecore ECW5410 support")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no manual intervention needed
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), ath79 (Archer C7v5), x86/64
No dmesg regressions, everything appears functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add run test from PR]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This bug applied where mtd partition end address,
or erase start address, was not cleanly divisible by parent mtd erasesize.
This error would cause the bits following the end of the partition
to the next erasesize block boundary to be erased,
and this partition-overflow data to be written to the partition erase
address (missing additional partition offset address)
of the mtd (top) parent device.
Fixes: FS#2428
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[shorten commit title, add Fixes, fix kernel 4.19 as well]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The soft_config partition for these devices lays between 0xe000 and
0xf000 (as correctly detected by the RouterBoard platform driver),
before the bootloader2 partition which starts at 0x10000.
This commit correctly sorts the partitions, fixing the parsing error.
Fixes: FS#3314
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Reviewed-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This is the most popular choice in the linux kernel tree.
Within OpenWrt, this change will establish consistency with ath79
and ramips targets.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[extend commit message, include netgear_dm200, update base-files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
fdt_addr and kernel_addr variables are getting obsolete in the mainline
u-boot in favor of fdt_addr_r and kernel_addr_r.
By checking if the new variables exist, we can make sure that devices with newer
version of u-boot will work while not breaking support for the existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The ethernet ports on the AVM FRITZRepeater 3000 are not separated
between LAN and WAN in the stock firmware. OpenWrt currently abstracts
port 4 as eth0 and port 5 as eth1, bridging them in the kernel.
This patch adjusts the GMAC port bitmasks and default bitmask for ar40xx
to bridge them on the switch, avoiding traffic on both ports to pass
thru the CPU.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds support for the Ubiquiti UniFi AP Pro to the ath79 target. The
device was previously supported on the now removed ar71xx target.
SoC Atheros AR9344
WiFi Atheros AR9344 & Atheros AR9280
ETH Atheros AR8327
RAM 128M DDR2
FLASH 16M SPI-NOR
Installation
------------
Follow the Ubiquiti TFTP recovery procedure for this device.
1. Hold down the reset button while connecting power for 10 seconds.
2. Transfer the factory image via TFTP to the AP (192.168.1.20)
3. Wait 2 minutes for the AP to write the firmware to flash. The device
will automatically reboot to OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
flashing the unit
* first update to latest edcore FW as per the PDF instructions
* boot the initramfs
- tftpboot 0x88000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-edgecore_oap100-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb; bootm
* inside the initramfs call the following commiands
- ubiattach -p /dev/mtd0
- ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n0
- ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n1
- ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n2
* scp the sysupgrade image to the board and call
- sysupgrade -n openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-edgecore_oap100-squashfs-nand-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This patch adds support for the Edgecore ECW5211 indoor AP.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018 ARMv7-A 4x Cortex A-7
- RAM: 256MB DDR3
- NOR Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 128MB MX35LFxGE4AB SPI-NAND
- Ethernet: 2 x 1G via Q8075 PHY connected to ethernet adapter via PSGMII (802.3af POE IN on eth0)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- WLAN: Built-in IPQ4018 (2x2 802.11bng, 2x2 802.11 acn)
- CC2540 BLE connected to USB 2.0 port
- Atmel AT97SC3205T I2C TPM
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This patch adds support for the Edgecore ECW5410 indoor AP.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ8068 ARMv7 2x Cortex A-15
- RAM: 256MB(225 usable) DDR3
- NOR Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 128MB S34MS01G2 Parallel NAND
- Ethernet: 2 x 1G via 2x AR8033 PHY-s connected directly to GMAC2 and GMAC3 via SGMII (802.3af POE IN on eth0)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- WLAN: 2x QCA9994 AC Wawe 2 (1x 2GHz bgn, 1x 5GHz acn)
- CC2540 BLE
- UART console on RJ45 next to ethernet ports exposed.
Its Cisco pin compatible, 115200 8n1 baud.
Installation instructions:
Through stock firmware or initramfs.
1.Connect to console
2. Login with root account, if password is unknown then interrupt the boot with f and reset it in failsafe.
3. Transfer factory image
4. Flash the image with ubiformat /dev/mtd1 -y -f <your factory image path>
This will replace the rootfs2 with OpenWrt, if you are currently running from rootfs2 then simply change /dev/mtd1 to /dev/mtd0
Note
Initramfs:
1. Connect to console
2. Transfer the image from TFTP server with tftpboot,
or by using DHCP advertised image with dhcp command.
3. bootm
4. Run ubiformat /dev/mtd1
You need to interrupt the bootloader after rebooting and run:
run altbootcmd
This will switch your active rootfs partition to one you wrote to and boot from it.
So if rootfs1 is active, then it will change it to rootfs2.
This will format the rootfs2 partition, if your active partition is 2 then simply change /dev/mtd1 with /dev/mtd0
If you dont format the partition you will be writing too, then sysupgrade will find existing UBI rootfs and kernel volumes and update those.
This will result in wrong ordering and OpenWrt will panic on boot.
5. Transfer sysupgrade image
6. Flash with sysupgrade -n.
Note that sysupgrade will write the image to rootfs partition that is not currently in use.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This imports the patch that adds bootargs-append support from IPQ40xx.
This way we can append additional boot arguments from DTS instead of only being able to overwrite them.
This way dual firmware devices can use the rootfs number that bootloader passes to decide from what to boot.
But we still need to append console info and ubi root info.
This is used by Edgecore ECW5410.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
IPQ806x series also has a GSBI1 with UART and I2C peripherals, so lets add the node for it.
Its needed for Edgecore ECW5410 which uses the UART from GSBI1 as second UART for Bluetooth.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Its needed for Edgecore ECW5410 which does not use QCA8337 switch,
but rather 2x AR8033 PHY-s directly connected to GMAC-s.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Router and Movie "keys" are actually switches for both devices
according to the manual. This has been properly implemented in ar71xx,
but overlooked when porting to ath79.
Fixes: 480bf28273 ("ath79: add support for Buffalo WZR-HP-AG300H")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The hardware of this device seems to be identical to WZR-HP-AG300H.
It was already implemented as a clone in ar71xx.
Specification:
- 680 MHz CPU (Qualcomm Atheros AR7161)
- 128 MiB RAM
- 32 MiB Flash
- WiFi 5 GHz a/n
- WiFi 2.4 GHz b/g/n
- 5x 1000Base-T Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0
Installation of OpenWRT from vendor firmware:
- Connect to the Web-interface at http://192.168.11.1
- Go to “Administration” → “Firmware Upgrade”
- Upload the OpenWrt factory image
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Buffalo devices in ath79 share their image generation code,
so let's create a shared Device definition for them.
Since most of them use BUFFALO_HWVER := 3, this is moved as
default to the shared definition as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The tp-link safeloader devices typically contain a partition
"default-mac" which stores the MAC addresses. It is followed by other
partitions containing device info, like
{"default-mac", 0x610000, 0x00020},
{"pin", 0x610100, 0x00020},
{"product-info", 0x611100, 0x01000},
In DTS, we typically assign a 0x10000 sized partition for these,
which is mostly labelled "mac" or "info". In rarer cases, the
partitions have been enclosed in a larger "tplink" or "config"
partition.
However, when comparing different devices, the implementation appears
relatively arbitrary at the moment.
Thus, this PR aims at harmonizing these partitions by always using
the name "info" for the DTS partition containing "default-mac".
"info" is preferred over "mac" as we never just have "default-mac"
alone, but always some other device-info partitions as well.
While at it, this also establishes a similar partitioning for the
few devices where the "info" partitions are part of a bigger
unspecific "config" partition or similar.
Besides the harmonization itself, this also allows to merge a few
cases in 11-ath10k-caldata.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Assign return value of kstrtoul to error variable instead of
conversion value.
Suggested-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Do some minor empty lines cleanup, i.e. remove those at EOF and
add some for cosmetic reasons/consistency.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the RTL838x Architecture.
SoCs of this type are used in managed and un-managed Switches and Routers
with 8-28 ports. Drivers are provided for SoC initialization, GPIOs, Flash,
Ethernet including a DSA switch driver and internal and external PHYs used
with these switches.
Supported SoCs:
RTL8380M
RTL8381M
RTL8382M
The kernel will also boot on the following RTL839x SoCs, however driver
support apart from spi-nor is missing:
RTL8390
RTL8391
RTL8393
The following PHYs are supported:
RTL8214FC (Quad QSGMII multiplexing GMAC and SFP port)
RTL8218B internal: internal PHY of the RTL838x chips
RTL8318b external (QSGMII 8-port GMAC phy)
RTL8382M SerDes for 2 SFP ports
Initialization sequences for the PHYs are provided in the form of
firmware files.
Flash driver supports 3 / 4 byte access
DSA switch driver supports VLANs, port isolation, STP and port mirroring.
The ALLNET ALL-SG8208M is supported as Proof of Concept:
RTL8382M SoC
1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
8 Internal PHYs (RTL8218B)
128MB DRAM (Nanya NT5TU128MB)
16MB NOR Flash (MXIC 25L128)
8 GBEthernet ports with one green status LED each (SoC controlled)
1 Power LED (not configurable)
1 SYS LED (configurable)
1 On-Off switch (not configurable)
1 Reset button at the right behind right air-vent (not configurable)
1 Reset button on front panel (configurable)
12V 1A barrel connector
1 serial header with populated standard pin connector and with markings
GND TX RX Vcc(3.3V), connection properties: 115200 8N1
To install, upload the sysupgrade image to the OEM webpage.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Add support for uimage headers from ALLNET and provide support for the
SG8208M and SG8310PM devices' magic bytes.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This target has not been updated to 5.4 yet, and the only person
trying it (Koen) decided to retreat based on the following reasons:
- The target is not DT-aware at all
- The huge amount of effort required
- The SoC itself reached EoL at Cavium for some time now
- Upstream removed some important parts as it's also slowly getting EoL
over there
- The commercial product that used this will fade out shortly
- The amount of download for this binary suggest that the target is not
that popular
Since nobody has picked up the work since then, and this is the last
remaining 4.19-only target, finally drop it now.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
this board has a pcie to sata bridge connected to pcie2 with a
separated pcie reset on gpio7.
add reset-gpios and corresponding pinctrl nodes into dts.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Backport upstream changes to initialize GDM settings and reset PPE
Allow GMAC to recognize the special tag to fix PPE packet parsing
Improve GRO performance by passing PPE L4 hash as skb hash
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no manual intervention needed
Build-tested: x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
TP-Link EAP225-Wall v2 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) wall plate access
point. UART access and debricking require fine soldering.
The device was kindly provided for porting by Stijn Segers.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9561 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR (GD25Q127CSIG)
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 2x2
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (SoC): 4× 100Mbps
* Eth0 (back): 802.3af/at PoE in
* Eth1, Eth2 (bottom)
* Eth3 (bottom): PoE out (can be toggled by GPIO)
* One status LED
* Two buttons (both work as failsafe)
* LED button, implemented as KEY_BRIGHTNESS_TOGGLE
* Reset button
Flashing instructions, requires recent firmware (tested on 1.20.0):
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface
Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J4 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
* Bridge unpopulated resistors R162 (TXD) and R165 (RXD)
Do NOT bridge R164
* Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via sysupgrade or LuCI web interface
MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM ifconfig:
br0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 50:...:04
eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 50:...:04
wifi0 Link encap:UNSPEC HWaddr 50-...-04-...
wifi1 Link encap:UNSPEC HWaddr 50-...-05-...
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
HooToo HT-TM05 and RAVPower RP-WD03 have almost identical hardware
(except for RAM size) and are from the same vendor (SunValley).
Create a common DTSI file for them.
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The baud rate for the RAVPower RP-WD03 is 57600, not 115200.
Since this is the default from mt7620n.dtsi, the chosen node can
simply be removed from the device DTS.
Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
According to the User Manual, there is a "Wi-Fi LED" with blue and
green colors, doing the following by default:
Flashing Blue: System loading
Solid Blue: System loaded
Flashing Green: Connecting to the Internet
Solid Green: Connected to the Internet
According to this vendor behavior, we keep refer to the LED as "wifi"
but implement the according default behavior as in OEM firmware.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:
2.4 GHz *:b4 (factory 0x04)
LAN/label *:b4 (factory 0x28)
WAN *:b5 (factory 0x2e)
The previously used location 0x4000 for ethernet is actually empty.
Therefore, fix the ethernet MAC address and set it as label-mac-address.
Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The RAVPower RP-WD03 is a battery powered router, with an Ethernet and
USB port. Due due a limitation in the vendor supplied U-Boot bootloader,
we cannot exceed a 1.5 MB kernel size, as is the case with recent builds
(i.e. post v19.07). This breaks both factory and sysupgrade images.
To address this, use the lzma loader (loader-okli) to work around this
limitation.
The improvements here also address the "misplaced" U-Boot environment
partition, which is located between the kernel and rootfs in the stock
image / implementation. This is addressed by making use of mtd-concat,
maximizing space available in the booted image.
This will make sysupgrade from earlier versions impossible.
Changes are based on the recently supported HooToo HT-TM05, as the
hardware is almost identical (except for RAM size) and is from the same
vendor (SunValley). While at it, also change the SPI frequency
accordingly.
Installation:
- Download the needed OpenWrt install files, place them in the root
of a clean TFTP server running on your computer. Rename the files as,
- openwrt-ramips-mt7620-ravpower_rp-wd03-squashfs-kernel.bin => kernel
- openwrt-ramips-mt7620-ravpower_rp-wd03-squashfs-rootfs.bin => rootfs
- Plug the router into your computer via Ethernet
- Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address
- With your router shut down, hold down the power button until the first
white LED lights up.
- Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
- The router (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
and install the two files. Once it has finished installation, it will
automatically reboot and start up OpenWrt.
- Set your computer to use DHCP for its IP address
Notes:
- U-Boot environment can be modified, u-boot-env is preserved on initial
install or sysupgrade
- mtd-concat functionality is included, to leave a "hole" for u-boot-env,
combining the OEM kernel and rootfs partitions
Most of the changes in this commit are the work of Russell Morris (as
credited below), I only wrapped them up and added compat-version.
Thanks to @mpratt14 and @xabolcs for their help getting the lzma loader
to work!
Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Enable the VLAN tag offloading mechanism for RGMII single-port devices.
This allows those devices to use 802.1Q VLANs on the ethernet port.
Previously, RX frames were double tagged, as the RX TAG removal flag was
not enabled and an additional 802.1Q header was inserted elsewhere in
the code.
On the TX side, tagging was completely not present for single-port
devices. Enable tagging if an 802.1Q frame should be transmitted and
disable the default tagging mechanism for single-port devices.
Tested on Aruba AP-303
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
vconfig is no more installed by default to a firmware image. So, replace
vconfig calls for VLAN subinterface configuration by coresponding
ip-link commands.
Also drop few useless comments from the preinit hook script, while we
are at it.
I have no chance to test this fix since I have no board with a subject
switch IC, but this is still better then call an utility that is
unavailable in the firmware for years.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[use documented syntax for ip link add]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The config symbol was introduced in drivers, but not added to
generic kernel config files. This will halt build asking for the
value.
Fix it by adding the value (setting it to disabled).
Fixes: 3f7047db7a ("kernel: mtdsplit: support ELF loader splitting")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link EAP245 v3 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. UART access (for debricking) requires non-trivial soldering.
Specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 (CPU/DDR/AHB @ 775/650/258 MHz)
* RAM: 128MiB
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 3x3
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9982): a/n/ac 3x3 with MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (QCA8337N switch): 2× 1GbE, ETH1 (802.3at PoE) and ETH2
* Green and amber status LEDs
* Reset switch (GPIO, available for failsafe)
Flashing instructions:
All recent firmware versions (latest is 2.20.0), can disable firmware
signature verification and use a padded firmware file to flash OpenWrt:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* upload factory image via web interface
The stopcs-method is supported from firmware version 2.3.0. Earlier
versions need to be upgraded to a newer stock version before flashing
OpenWrt.
Factory images for these devices are RSA signed by TP-Link. While the
signature verification can be disabled, the factory image still needs to
have a (fake) 1024 bit signature added to pass file checks.
Debricking instructions:
You can recover using u-boot via the serial port:
* Serial port is available from J3 (1:TX, 2:RX, 3:GND, 4:3.3V)
* Bridge R237 to connect RX, located next to J3
* Bridge R225 to connect TX, located inside can on back-side of board
* Serial port is 115200 baud, 8n1, interrupt u-boot by holding ctrl+B
* Upload initramfs with tftp and upgrade via OpenWrt
Device mac addresses:
Stock firmware has the same mac address for 2.4GHz wireless and
ethernet, 5GHz is incremented by one. The base mac address is stored in
the 'default-mac' partition (offset 0x90000) at an offset of 8 bytes.
ART blobs contain no mac addresses.
From OEM ifconfig:
ath0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E2
ath10 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E3
br0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E2
eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E2
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Tested-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Enabled the ELF firmware partition splitter 4.19 and 5.4 in preparation
for the TP-Link EAP245v3 device support.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
To parse the ELF kernel loader, a small ELF parser is used that can
handle both ELF32 or ELF64 class loaders. The splitter assumes that the
kernel is always located before the rootfs, whether it is embedded in
the loader or not. If the kernel is located after the rootfs on the
firmware partition, then the rootfs splitter will include it in the
dynamically created rootfs_data partition and the kernel will be
corrupted.
The kernel image is preferably embedded inside the ELF loader, so the
end of the loader equals the end of the kernel partition. This is due to
the way mtd_find_rootfs_from searches for the the rootfs:
- if the kernel image is embedded in the loader, the appended rootfs may
follow the loader immediately, within the same erase block.
- if the kernel image is not embedded in the loader, but placed at some
offset behind the loader (OKLI-style loader), the rootfs must be
aligned to an erase-block after the loader and kernel image.
In case section header table is empty, determine the elf loader size by
finding the end of the last segment, as defined by the program header
table.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
The uci-default mechanism to update the compat-version was only
meant for early DSA-adopters, which should have updated by now.
Remove this workaround again in order to prevent the intended
experiences for all the other people.
This reverts:
a9703db720 ("mvebu: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters")
86c89bf5e8 ("kirkwood: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters")
Partially reverted:
1eac573b53 ("ramips: mt7621: implement compatibility version for DSA migration")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit e81e625ca3.
This was meant just for early DSA-adopters. Those should have
updated by now, remove it so future updaters get the intended
experience.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Manually merged:
hack-5.4
230-openwrt_lzma_options.patch
bcm27xx
950-0283-hid-usb-Add-device-quirks-for-Freeway-Airmouse-T3-an.patch
x86
011-tune_lzma_options.patch
Remove upstreamed patches in collaboration with Ansuel Smith:
ipq806x
093-1-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-missing-ipq806x-clocks-in-PCIe-driver.patch
093-2-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Change-duplicate-PCI-reset-to-phy-reset.patch
093-3-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-missing-reset-for-ipq806x.patch
All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build-tested: bcm27xx/bcm2708, ipq806x, x86/64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), x86/64
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[update commit message/tested]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Devices with 4M flash are not built be default for 20.xx anymore.
Building them with buildbot settings does not work anymore anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This applies the vendor_model scheme for this target as well, so
naming is consistent throughout supported targets.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
AR2315 Ethernet driver pass NULL instead of a real device pointer to DMA
(un-)map calls. With kernel version 5.4 such behaviour causes a kernel
panic. Fix this issue by preserving device pointer during the probe
procedure and pass it to each skb data DMA (un-)map call.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Rework ethernet supported link modes to linkmode bitmask.
This is needed to suppress compilation errors:
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ar231x/ar231x.c:1153:20: ...
error: assignment to expression with array type
phydev->supported &= (SUPPORTED_10baseT_Half
^~
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel commit e7bfb3fdbde3 ("mtd: Stop updating erase_info->state
and calling mtd_erase_callback()") removed erase_info->state
updates and calls of mtd_erase_callback().
Drop these erase callback invocations from AR2315 MTD driver as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Discussion on the mailing list reveals that this target has active
users. As we are finally able to upgrade this target to kernel 5.4,
add it back to master.
This reverts commit 7d29a55714 ("ath25: drop target") and
immediately moves the relevant files to 5.4, without touching
the content.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is the same as loader-kernel since the KERNEL_CMDLINE
parameter has been removed in [1] and not used at all anyway.
Remove it.
[1] f77db1a590 ("ath79: cleanup image build code")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-2660 A1.
Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (white/orange), Internet (white/orange), WiFi 2.4G (white),
WiFi 5G (white), USB 3.0 (white), USB 2.0 (white)
Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1
MAC addresses:
lan factory 0xe000 *:a7 (label)
wan factory 0xe006 *:aa
2.4 factory 0xe000 +1 *:a8
5.0 factory 0xe000 +2 *:a9
Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entries in the calibration data.
Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
[rebase onto already merged DIR-1960 A1, add MAC addresses to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Devices with PCIe-Switches like the WNDR4700, MR24 and WNDAP660
need to have the interrupts property specified in the device-tree
for the legacy pci interrupt signaling method to work.
If the proper interrupt value is not specified, the default INTA
IRQ 12 is taken for all devices. This is especially bad, if the
device is setup to use INTC, because these interrupts will not
be serviced.
Russell Senior reported his experience on the MR24:
"The symptom is client devices can't see the beacons.
Wifi ifaces appear, can scan and hear other networks,
but clients can't see the MR24's SSIDs."
(The interrupts-property on the WNDAP620 was optional since it
uses INTA by default. Likewise the MX60W is in the same category)
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
mt76 now spreads the load over multiple CPUs more smoothly, processing
ethernet packets should be faster running on one core
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The linux upstream commit had treated config leak as error.
5967577 scripts: headers_install: Exit with error on config leak
It is causing below build issue. Provide a kernel patch to fix
it by replacing CONFIG_COMPAT kernel option with FM_COMPAT instead.
HDRINST usr/include/linux/fmd/integrations/integration_ioctls.h
HDRINST usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h
error: include/uapi/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h: leak
CONFIG_COMPAT to user-space
scripts/Makefile.headersinst:63: recipe for target
'usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h' failed
make[5]: *** [usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h] Error 1
Makefile:1198: recipe for target 'headers' failed
make[4]: *** [headers] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The HooToo HT-TM05 is a battery powered router, with an Ethernet and USB port.
Vendor U-Boot limited to 1.5 MB kernel size, so use lzma loader (loader-okli).
Specifications:
SOC: MediaTek MT7620N
BATTERY: 10400mAh
WLAN: 802.11bgn
LAN: 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
USB: 1x USB 2.0 (Type-A)
RAM: 64 MB
FLASH: GigaDevice GD25Q64, Serial 8 MB Flash, clocked at 50 MHz
Flash itself specified to 80 MHz, but speed limited by mt7620 SPI
fast-read enabled (m25p)
LED: Status LED (blue after boot, green with WiFi traffic
4 leds to indicate power level of the battery (unable to control)
INPUT: Power, reset button
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:
2.4 GHz *:b4 (factory 0x04)
LAN/label *:b4 (factory 0x28)
WAN *:b5 (factory 0x2e)
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- Installation from TFTP (recovery)
- OpenWRT sysupgrade (Preserving and non-preserving), through the usual
ways: command line and LuCI
- LEDs (except as noted above)
- Button (reset)
- I2C, which is needed for reading battery charge status and level
- U-Boot environment / variables (from U-Boot, and OpenWrt)
Installation:
- Download the needed OpenWrt install files, place them in the root
of a clean TFTP server running on your computer. Rename the files as,
- ramips-mt7620-hootoo_tm05-squashfs-kernel.bin => kernel
- ramips-mt7620-hootoo_tm05-squashfs-rootfs.bin => rootfs
- Plug the router into your computer via Ethernet
- Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address
- With your router shut down, hold down the power button until the first
white LED lights up.
- Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
- The router (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
and install the two files. Once it has finished installation, it will
automatically reboot and start up OpenWrt.
- Set your computer to use DHCP for its IP address
Notes:
- U-Boot environment can be modified, u-boot-env is preserved on initial
install or sysupgrade
- mtd-concat functionality is included, to leave a "hole" for u-boot-env,
combining the OEM kernel and rootfs partitions
I would like to thank @mpratt14 and @xabolcs for their help getting the
lzma loader to work!
Signed-off-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
[drop changes in image/Makefile, fix indent and PKG_RELEASE in
uboot-envtools, fix LOADER_FLASH_OFFS, minor commit message facelift,
add COMPILE to Device/Default]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
FLASH_START is supposed to point at the memory area where NOR flash are
mapped. We currently have an incorrect FLASH_START copied from ar71xx
back then and the loader doesn't work under OKLI mode.
On ramips, mt7621 has it's flash mapped to 0x1fc00000 and other SoCs
uses 0x1c000000. This commit makes FLASH_START a configurable value to
handle both cases.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target is still on kernel 4.14, and no attempt has been made to
update it to a newer kernel. Since we already are two LTS versions ahead
of that the target is dropped, as the chance of somebody bumping it will
only decrease with time.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target is still on kernel 4.14, and recent attempts to move it to
kernel 5.4 have not led to success. The device tester reported that it
wouldn't boot with the following messages:
From sysupgrade:
Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
loading kernel from nand... OK
setting up elf image... OK
jumping to kernel code
At this point the system hangs.
From CompactFlash:
Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
Booting CF
Loading kernel... done
setting up elf image... kernel out of range kernel loading failed
The tester reported that the same was observed with current master
(kernel 4.14) as well. This looks like some kernel size restriction.
Since this target is quite old and only supports one device, and since
nobody else seemed interested in working on this for quite some time,
I decided to not put further work into analyzing the problem and drop
this together with the other 4.14-only targets.
Patchwork series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/list/?series=197066&state=*
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target still only works with kernel 4.14, and not so recent
attempts of getting newer kernel versions supported did not lead
to success. Therefore, drop the target, as we are already two
LTS kernel versions ahead and it does not seem like anybody will
pick up the work.
Patchwork series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/list/?series=169991&state=*
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
FCC ID: U2M-ENH200
Engenius ENH202 is an outdoor wireless access point with 2 10/100 ports,
built-in ethernet switch, internal antenna plates and proprietery PoE.
Specification:
- Qualcomm/Atheros AR7240 rev 2
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH ST25P64V6P (aka ST M25P64)
- 32 MB RAM
- UART at J3 (populated)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch at gmac1)
- 2.4 GHz, 2x2, 29dBm (Atheros AR9280 rev 2)
- internal antenna plates (10 dbi, semi-directional)
- 5 LEDs, 1 button (LAN, WAN, RSSI) (Reset)
Known Issues:
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx no longer possible
- Power LED not controllable, or unknown gpio
MAC addresses:
eth0/eth1 *:11 art 0x0/0x6
wlan *:10 art 0x120c
The device label lists both addresses, WLAN MAC and ETH MAC,
in that order.
Since 0x0 and 0x6 have the same content, it cannot be
determined which is eth0 and eth1, so we chose 0x0 for both.
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- Connect ethernet directly to board (the non POE port)
this is LAN for all images
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
In upper right select Reset
"Restore to factory default settings"
Wait for reboot and login again
Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt boot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop or halt
The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run
`mtd -r erase fakeroot`
Wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of ENH202 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze bleeding-edge. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-enh202-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-enh202-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring, and by swapping headers to see
what the OEM upgrade utility accepts and rejects.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM firmware
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1024k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on built-in switch:
ENH202 is originally configured to be an access point,
but with two ethernet ports, both WAN and LAN is possible.
the POE port is gmac0 which is preferred to be
the port for WAN because it gives link status
where swconfig does not.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[assign label_mac in 02_network, use ucidef_set_interface_wan,
use common device definition, some reordering]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Engenius ENS202EXT v1 is an outdoor wireless access point with 2 10/100 ports,
with built-in ethernet switch, detachable antennas and proprietery PoE.
FCC ID: A8J-ENS202
Specification:
- Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 v1
- 535/400/200/40 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB/REF)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH MX25L12835F(MI-10G)
- UART (J1) header on PCB (unpopulated)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch Atheros AR8229)
- 2.4 GHz, up to 27dBm (Atheros AR9340)
- 2x external, detachable antennas
- 7x LED (5 programmable in ath79), 1x GPIO button (Reset)
Known Issues:
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx no longer possible
- Ethernet LEDs stay on solid when connected, not programmable
MAC addresses:
eth0/eth1 *:7b art 0x0/0x6
wlan *:7a art 0x1002
The device label lists both addresses, WLAN MAC and ETH MAC,
in that order.
Since 0x0 and 0x6 have the same content, it cannot be
determined which is eth0 and eth1, so we chose 0x0 for both.
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- Connect ethernet directly to board (the non POE port)
this is LAN for all images
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
In upper right select Reset
"Restore to factory default settings"
Wait for reboot and login again
Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt boot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
*If you are unable to get network/LuCI after flashing*
You must perform another factory reset:
After waiting 3 minutes or when Power LED stop blinking:
Hold Reset button for 15 seconds while powered on
or until Power LED blinks very fast
release and wait 2 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to this model.
The following directions are unique to this model.
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop
The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run
`mtd -r erase fakeroot`
Wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
TFTP Recovery:
For some reason, TFTP is not reliable on this board.
Takes many attempts, many timeouts before it fully transfers.
Starting with an initramfs.bin:
Connect to ethernet
set IP address and TFTP server to 192.168.1.101
set up infinite ping to 192.168.1.1
rename the initramfs.bin to "vmlinux-art-ramdisk" and host on TFTP server
disconnect power to the board
hold reset button while powering on board for 8 seconds
Wait a minute, power LED should blink eventually if successful
and a minute after that the pings should get replies
You have now loaded a temporary Openwrt with default settings temporarily.
You can use that image to sysupgrade another image to overwrite flash.
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of ENS202EXT is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze bleeding-edge. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-ens202ext-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-ens202ext-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring, and by swapping headers to see
what the OEM upgrade utility accepts and rejects.
Note on the factory.bin:
The newest kernel is too large to be in the kernel partition
the new ath79 kernel is beyond 1592k
Even ath79-tiny is 1580k
Checksum fails at boot because the bootloader (modified uboot)
expects kernel to be 1536k. If the kernel is larger, it gets
overwritten when rootfs is flashed, causing a broken image.
The mtdparts variable is part of the build and saving a new
uboot environment will not persist after flashing.
OEM version might interact with uboot or with the custom
OEM partition at 0x9f050000.
Failed checksums at boot cause failsafe image to launch,
allowing any image to be flashed again.
HOWEVER: one should not install older Openwrt from failsafe
because it can cause rootfs to be unmountable,
causing kernel loop after successful checksum.
The only way to rescue after that is with a serial cable.
For these reasons, a fake kernel (OKLI kernel loader)
and fake squashfs rootfs is implemented to take care of
the OEM firmware image verification and checksums at boot.
The OEM only verifies the checksum of the first image
of each partition respectively, which is the loader
and the fake squashfs. This completely frees
the "firmware" partition from all checks.
virtual_flash is implemented to make use of the wasted space.
this leaves only 2 erase blocks actually wasted.
The loader and fakeroot partitions must remain intact, otherwise
the next boot will fail, redirecting to the Failsafe image.
Because the partition table required is so different
than the OEM partition table and ar71xx partition table,
sysupgrades are not possible until one switches to ath79 kernel.
Note on sysupgrade.tgz:
To make things even more complicated, another change is needed to
fix an issue where network does not work after flashing from either
OEM software or Failsafe image, which implants the OEM (Openwrt Kamikaze)
configuration into the jffs2 /overlay when writing rootfs from factory.bin.
The upgrade script has this:
mtd -j "/tmp/_sys/sysupgrade.tgz" write "${rootfs}" "rootfs"
However, it also accepts scripts before and after:
before_local="/etc/before-upgradelocal.sh"
after_local="/etc/after-upgradelocal.sh"
before="before-upgrade.sh"
after="after-upgrade.sh"
Thus, we can solve the issue by making the .tgz an empty file
by making a before-upgrade.sh in the factory.bin
Note on built-in switch:
There is two ports on the board, POE through the power supply brick,
the other is on the board. For whatever reason, in the ar71xx target,
both ports were on the built-in switch on eth1. In order to make use
of a port for WAN or a different LAN, one has to set up VLANs.
In ath79, eth0 and eth1 is defined in the DTS so that the
built-in switch is seen as eth0, but only for 1 port
the other port is on eth1 without a built-in switch.
eth0: switch0
CPU is port 0
board port is port 1
eth1: POE port on the power brick
Since there is two physical ports,
it can be configured as a full router,
with LAN for both wired and wireless.
According to the Datasheet, the port that is not on the switch
is connected to gmac0. It is preferred that gmac0 is chosen as WAN
over a port on an internal switch, so that link status can pass
to the kernel immediately which is more important for WAN connections.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[apply sorting in 01_leds, make factory recipe more generic, create common
device node, move label-mac to 02_network, add MAC addresses to commit
message, remove kmod-leds-gpio, use gzip directly]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This network setup for MikroTik devices based on the LHG-HB platform
avoids using the integrated switch and connects the single Ethernet
port directly. This way, link speed (10/100 Mbps) is properly repor-
ted by eth0.
Fixes: FS#3309
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The base address is used for the LAN and 2G WLAN interfaces.
5G WLAN interface is +1 and the PLC interface uses +2.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
[improve commit title, fix assignment in 11-ath10k-caldata]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Port device support for Meraki MR16 from the ar71xx target to ath79.
Specifications:
* AR7161 CPU, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM
* One PoE-capable Gigabit Ethernet Port
* AR9220 / AR9223 (2x2 11an / 11n) WLAN
Installation:
* Requires TFTP server at 192.168.1.101, w/ initramfs & sysupgrade .bins
* Open shell case and connect a USB to TTL cable to upper serial headers
* Power on the router; connect to U-boot over 115200-baud connection
* Interrupt U-boot process to boot Openwrt by running:
setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000; saveenv;
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin;
bootm 0c00000;
* Copy sysupgrade image to /tmp on MR16
* sysupgrade /tmp/<filename-of-sysupgrade>.bin
Notes:
- There are two separate ARTs in the partition (offset 0x1000/0x5000 and
0x11000/0x15000) in the OEM device. I suspect this is an OEM artifact;
possibly used to configure the radios for different regions,
circumstances or RF frontends. Since the ar71xx target uses the
second offsets, use that second set (0x11000 and 0x15000) for the ART.
- kmod-owl-loader is still required to load the ART partition into the
driver.
- The manner of storing MAC addresses is updated from ar71xx; it is
at 0x66 of the 'config' partition, where it was discovered that the
OEM firmware stores it. This is set as read-only. If you are
migrating from ar71xx and used the method mentioned above to
upgrade, use kmod-mtd-rw or UCI to add the MAC back in. One more
method for doing this is described below.
- Migrating directly from ar71xx has not been thoroughly tested, but
one method has been used a couple of times with good success,
migrating 18.06.2 to a full image produced as of this commit. Please
note that these instructions are only for experienced users, and/or
those still able to open their device up to flash it via the serial
headers should anything go wrong.
1) Install kmod-mtd-rw and uboot-envtools
2) Run `insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1`
3) Modify /etc/fw_env.config to point to the u-boot-env partition.
The file /etc/fw_env.config should contain:
# MTD device env offset env size sector size
/dev/mtd1 0x00000 0x10000 0x10000
See https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/bootloader/uboot.config
for more details.
4) Run `fw_printenv` to verify everything is correct, as per the
link above.
5) Run `fw_setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000` to set a new boot address.
6) Manually modify /lib/upgrade/common.sh's get_image function:
Change ...
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd
... into ...
(
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x66)) ; # Pad the first 102 bytes
echo -ne '\x00\x18\x0a\x12\x34\x56' ; # Add in MAC address
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x20000-0x66-0x6)) ; # Pad the rest
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd
)
... which, during the upgrade process, will pad the image by
128K of zeroes-plus-MAC-address, in order for the ar71xx's
firmware partition -- which starts at 0xbf080000 -- to be
instead aligned with the ath79 firmware partition, which
starts 128K later at 0xbf0a0000.
7) Copy the sysupgrade image into /tmp, as above
8) Run `sysupgrade -F /tmp/<sysupgrade>.bin`, then wait
Again, this may BRICK YOUR DEVICE, so make *sure* to have your
serial cable handy.
Addenda:
- The MR12 should be able to be migrated in a nearly identical manner as
it shares much of its hardware with the MR16.
- Thank-you Chris B for copious help with this port.
Signed-off-by: Martin Kennedy <hurricos@gmail.com>
[fix typo in compat message, drop art DT label,
move 05_fix-compat-version to subtarget]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The package manager `opkg` offers the function `whatdepends` to print
packages that depend on a specific package.
This feature is useful when used in a CI to not only build an upgraded
package but all packages with a dependency.
Usage:
make whatdepends PACKAGE=libipset
The resulting list can be fed into a SDK building all packages and warn
if anything fails.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This adds a number of options to config/Config-kernel.in so that
packages related to SELinux support can enable the appropriate Linux
kernel support.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase; add ext4, F2FS, UBIFS, and JFFS2 support; add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
The kernel has become too big again for the ar9344-based TP-Link
CPE/WBS devices which still have no firmware-partition splitter.
Current buildbots produce a kernel size of about 2469 kiB, while
the partition is only 2048 kiB (0x200000). Therefore, increase it
to 0x300000 to provide enough room for this and, hopefully, the
next kernel.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target has been mostly replaced by ath79 and won't be included
in the upcoming release anymore. Finally put it to rest.
This also removes all references in packages, tools, etc. as well as
the uboot-ar71xx and vsc73x5-ucode packages.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch fixes various typos or tab-vs-space issues in
the APM821XX device targets Device-Tree source files.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch silences the following warnings:
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:168.3-13:Warning (reg_format): /plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0:reg:property has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:167.26-170.4: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):/plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0: Relying on default #address-cells value
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:167.26-170.4: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):/plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0: Relying on default #size-cells value
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the pcie-switch and bridge configuration of the
WNDR4700.
This allows to get rid of the legacy firmware monikers and drop
the usbport LED declaration.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Changing the factory image of KD20 was used during testing and wasn't
intended to be included in the commit fixing a SATA bug on oxnas.
Revert that part of the commit.
Fixes: 5793112f75 ("oxnas: reduce size of ATA DMA descriptor space")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Compile the Linkstation poweroff module for the Buffalo LS421DE.
Without this driver the device remains forever halted if a power off
command is executed.
The driver will also allow to use the WoL feature, which wasn't availabe
in the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Backport the Linkstation poweroff driver from the kernel upstream (commit
a7f79f99541ef)
This driver is required by the Buffalo LinkStation LS421DE for a correct
power off operation. It also allows to use the WoL feature.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The DIR-645 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue.
Run-tested on D-Link DIR-645.
Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for Wavlink WL-WN531A6 (Quantum D6).
Specifications:
--------------
* SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT 2C2T, 880MHz
* RAM: 128MB DDR3, Nanya NT5CB64M16GP-EK
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR flash, GigaDevice GD25Q127CSIG
* WiFi 5GHz: Mediatek MT7615N (4x4:4) on mini PCIE slot.
* WiFi 2.4GHz: Mediatek MT7603EN (2x2:2) on mini PCIE slot.
* Ethernet: MT7630, 5x 1000Base-T
* LED: Power, WAN, LAN(x4), WiFi, WPS, dual color
"WAVLINK" LED logo on the top cover.
* Buttons: Reset, WPS, "Turbo", touch button on the top
cover via RH6015C touch sensor.
* UART: UART1: serial console (57600 8n1) on the J4 header
located below the top heatsink.
UART2: J12 header, located on the right side of
the board.
* USB: One USB3 port.
* I2C: J9 header, located below the top heatsink.
Backup the OEM Firmware:
-----------------------
There isn't any firmware released for the WL-WN531A6 on
the Wavlink web site. Reverting back to the OEM firmware is
not possible unless we have a backup of the original OEM
firmware.
The OEM firmware is stored on /dev/mtd4 ("Kernel").
1) Plug a FAT32 formatted USB flash drive into the USB port.
2) Navigate to "Setup->USB Storage". Under the "Available
Network folder" you can see part of the mount point of
the newly mounted flash drive filesystem - e.g "sda1".
The full mount point is prefixed with "/media", so in
this case the mount point becomes "/media/sda1".
3) Go to http://192.168.10.1/webcmd.shtml .
4) Type the following line in the "Command" input box:
dd if=/dev/mtd4ro of=/media/sda1/firmware.bin
5) Click "Apply"
6) After few seconds, in the text area should appear this
output:
30080+0 records in
30080+0 records out
7) Type "sync" in the "Command" input box and click "Apply".
8) At this point the OEM firmware is stored on the flash
drive as "firmware.bin". The size of the file is 15040 KB.
Installation:
------------
* Flashing instructions (OEM web interface):
The OEM web interface accepts only files with names containing
"WN531A6". It's also impossible to flash the *-sysupgrade.bin
image, so we have to flash the *-initramfs-kernel.bin first and
use the OpenWrt's upgrade interface to write the sysupgrade
image.
1) Rename openwrt-ramips-mt7621-wavlink_wl-wn531a6-initramfs-kernel.bin
to WN531A6.bin.
2) Connect your computer to the one of the LAN ports of the
router with an Ethernet cable and open http://192.168.10.1
3) Browse to Setup -> Firmware Upgrade interface.
4) Upload the (renamed) OpenWrt image - WN531A6.bin.
5) Proceed with the firmware installation and give the device
a few minutes to finish and reboot.
6) After reboot wait for the "WAVLINK" logo on the top cover
to turn solid blue, and open http://192.168.1.1
7) Use the OpenWrt's "Flash Firmware" interface to write the
OpenWrt sysupgrade image:
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-wavlink_wl-wn531a6-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
* Flashing instructions (u-boot TFTP):
1) Configure a TFTP server on your computer and set its IP
to 192.168.10.100
2) Rename the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to firmware.bin and
place it in the root folder of the TFTP server.
3) Power off the device and connect an Ethernet cable from
one of its LAN ports your computer.
4) Press the "Reset" button (and keep it pressed)
5) Power on the device.
6) After a few seconds, when the connected port LAN LED stops
blinking fast, release the "Reset" button.
7) Flashing OpenWrt takes less than a minute, system will
reboot automatically.
8) After reboot the WAVLINK logo on the top cover will indicate
the current OpenWrt running status (wait until the logo tunrs
solid blue).
Revert to the OEM Firmware:
--------------------------
* U-boot TFTP:
Follow "Flashing instructions (u-boot TFTP)" and use the
"firmware.bin" backup image.
* OpenWrt "Flash Firmware" interface:
Upload the "firmware.bin" backup image and select "Force update"
before continuing.
Notes:
-----
* The MAC address shown on the label at the back of the device
is assigned to the 2.4G WiFi adapter.
MAC addresses assigned by the OEM firmware:
2.4G: *:XX (label): factory@0x0004
5G: *:XX + 1 : factory@0x8004
WAN: *:XX - 1 : factory@0xe006
LAN: *:XX - 2 : factory@0xe000
* The I2C bus and UART2 are fully functional. The headers are
not populated.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@konsulko.com>
This patch adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR850N v2. This device
is very similar to TP-Link TL-WR840 v4 and TP-Link TL-WR841 v13.
Specifications:
SOC: MediaTek MT7628NN
Flash: 8 MiB SPI
RAM: 64 MiB
WLAN: MediaTek MT7628NN
Ethernet: 5 ports (100M)
Installation Using the integrated tftp capability of the router:
1. Turn off the router.
2. Connect pc to one of the router LAN ports.
3. Set your PC IPv4 address to 192.168.0.66/24.
4. Run any TFTP server on the PC.
5. Put the recovery firmware on the root directory of TFTP server
and name the file tp_recovery.bin
6. Start the router by pressing power button while holding the
WPS/Reset button (or both WPS/Reset and WIFI buttons)
7. Router connects to your PC with IPv4 address 192.168.0.2,
downloads the firmware, installs it and reboots. LEDs are
flashing. Now you have OpenWrt installed.
8. Change your IPv4 PC address to something in 192.168.1.0/24
network or use DHCP to get an address from your OpenWrt router.
9. Done! You can login to your router via ssh.
Forum link:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/add-support-for-tp-link-tl-wr850n-v2/66899
Signed-off-by: Andrew Freeman <labz56@gmail.com>
[squash an tidy up commits, sort nodes]
Signed-off-by: Darsh Patel <darshkpatel@gmail.com>
[minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The at91 target sets
FEATURES:=usb usbgadget ...
in the target Makefile, which sets CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y in the
.config file for both subtargets.
However, when building with all kmods, the build fails with the
following error message:
ERROR: module [...]/drivers/bluetooth/btusb.ko is missing.
It appears that only a part of the bluetooth files are compiled.
The package depends @USB_SUPPORT.
This can be easily healed by adding CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y to the
sam9x subtarget configuration. Before the 4.14->5.4 bump, the
same was also set in the target's config-4.14 file along with
several other USB config options that are not reimplemented.
Still, it remains a mystery to me why setting the same symbol
via target kernel config creates a different result than the
feature setting the same symbol in target-metadata.pl.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While commit 734a8c46e7 focussed on removing stuff directly
selected by the NET_RALINK_* symbols, this patch removes additional
unused mt7621-specific code from the ethernet driver.
As with the previous patch, the main reason is to reduce the amount
of code we have to maintain and care about.
Note that this patch still keeps a few lines with
IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_SOC_MT7621) in mtk_eth_soc.h/.c, as this file is
still selected for the mt7621 subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
On Comfast CF-E130N v2 and Mikrotik LHG HB board, the config
found in DTS appears to be strange:
- eth0 has "syscon","simple-mfd" set although it's not enabled
- eth1 is enabled redundantly (already "okay" in qca953x.dtsi)
- phy-handle is set for eth1 in DTS although it has a fixed-link
in qca953x.dtsi
This seems like a copy-paste gone wrong. Remove the named options.
Run-tested on MikroTik LHG 2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This introduces the vendor_model scheme to this target in order to
harmonize device names within the target and with the rest of
OpenWrt. In addition, custom board names are dropped in favor
of the generic script which takes the compatible.
Use the SUPPORTED_DEVICES variable to store the compatible where it
deviates from the device name, so we can use it in build recipes.
While at it, harmonize a few indents as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Changing dtb file path since the dtb files are build in KDIR folder
with image- prefix.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
[remove commented lines]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move patches to 5.4, put config only in subtarget directories.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
[refresh patches, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
LS1012FRDM is supported but there's no flashing instruction in README.
This patch adds it.
While at it, add a missing saveenv for MAC address setup.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[add comment about saveenv]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These upstream patches makes the RTL8366RB DSA switch work
properly with OpenWrt, the D-Link DIR-685 gets network and
can be used as a router, and the same should be applicable
for any other device that want to enable the RTL8366RB
through Device Tree.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
For many target we have added CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y to the target
config due to the following error:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following
libraries:
watchdog.ko
However, actually the proper way appears to be setting the
dependency for the kmod-hwmon-sch5627 package, as the error message
demands.
Do this in this patch and remove the target config entries added
due to this issue.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Changes:
- Update patches
- Update dts with new binding
Tx term offset dropped and replaced with a new compatible
Removed:
- 0071-5-PCI-qcom-Programming-the-PCIE-iATU-for-IPQ806x
Pci init does the same exact thing (was needed in older kernel version)
- 0071-7-pcie-Set-PCIE-MRRS-and-MPS-to-256B
Rejected upstream, can't find any reason to have this. No regression with
testing it on R7800.
Tested on R7800 (ipq8065), R7500 v2 ("ipq8064-v2")
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
[rebase and refresh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The wg3526 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue on both the wg3526-16m
and wg3526-32m.
Fixes: FS#3143
Signed-off-by: Rustam Gaptulin <rascal6@gmail.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both IB and SDK now use the same logic for packing.
This commit add reproducible multithread compression to the SDK and
corrects the file mtime for both. Previously all files where just copied
over from the build system, generating random mtimes.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The TL-WPA8630 v1 and v2 have the same LED Control GPIO configuration
according to the TP-Link GPL sources. Set the GPIO to output to make
it work and set to Active Low. It defaults to LEDs on at bootup.
To turn all LEDs off:
echo 0 > /sys/class/gpio/tp-link\:led\:control/value
To turn all LEDs on:
echo 1 > /sys/class/gpio/tp-link\:led\:control/value
Change the "LED" button from BTN_0 to KEY_LIGHTS_TOGGLE to match other
devices and the button guide, and to reduce the number of unintuitive
"BTN_X" inputs.
Fixes: ab74def0db ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2")
Signed-off-by: Joe Mullally <jwmullally@gmail.com>
[shorten commit title, minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The mt7621 subtarget has been switched to DSA quite a while ago and
seems to run sufficiently fine. Build with older kernels than 5.4 has
been disabled directly during the kernel bump, so our local ethernet
driver is unused in master since then.
Therefore, let's remove the mt7621-specific parts of "our" ethernet
driver, so we don't have to maintain them and it's obvious to
everybody that they are not used anymore.
This also drops the offloading components as this was specifically
implemented to depend on mt7621.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove local diag.sh in favor of generic one and add the required
led-* aliases to DTS.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the vendor_model scheme for the device/image name in
order to make this consistent to most other targets.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This refreshes the patches, removes patches already applied upstream and
removes the SPI NAND framework to use the upstream version.
In addition it also refreshes the kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR710N v2.1. It is basically a
re-issue of the v1.2.
Specifications:
SoC: Atheros AR9331
CPU: 400 MHz
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 32 MiB
WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet: 2x 100M ports
USB: 1x 2.0
The only difference from the v1 is the TP-Link hardware ID/revision.
Attention:
The TL-WR710N v2.0 (!) has only 4 MB flash and cannot be flashed with
this image. It has a different TPLINK_HWREV, so accidental flashing
of the factory image should be impossible without additional measures.
Unfortunately, the v2.0 in ar71xx has the same board name, so sysupgrade
from ar71xx v2.0 into ath79 v1/v2.1 will not be prevented, but will brick
the device.
Flashing instruction:
Upload the factory image via the OEM firmware GUI upgrade mechanism.
Further notes:
To make implementation easier if somebody desires to port the 4M v2.0,
this already creates two DTSI files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Fabian Eppig <fabian@eppig.de>
As described in commit commit 891a700759 ("lantiq: enable second VPE
on Fritz!Box 7412"):
The AVM Fritz!Box 7412 does not use the VMMC part of the Lantiq chip but
rather a proprietary solution based on the DECT chip for the FXS ports.
We can remove last traces of vmmc in dts.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
The layerscape kernel patches appears to be just some uncleaned local
development tree, where patches are sometimes directly followed by
their revert. While this does not seem a problem in the first place,
it becomes incredibly unpleasant when the upstream kernel changes in
the relevant areas and requires rebase.
This removes all these patch-revert pairs and refreshs the rest.
It removes about 44000 lines of entirely useless code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In order to support SAE/WPA3-Personal in default images. Replace almost
all occurencies of wpad-basic and wpad-mini with wpad-basic-wolfssl for
consistency. Keep out ar71xx from the list as it won't be in the next
release and would only make backports harder.
Build-tested (build-bot settings):
ath79: generic, ramips: mt7620/mt76x8/rt305x, lantiq: xrx200/xway,
sunxi: a53
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[rebase, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Patch 1 introduces a change, and patch 2 reverts it again. Remove
both patches and achieve the same outcome.
Refreshed patches for the target as well.
Cc: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This PR is a blend of several kernel bumps authored by ldir taken from his
staging tree w/ some further adjustments made by me and update_kernel.sh
Summary:
Deleted upstreamed patches:
generic:
742-v5.5-net-sfp-add-support-for-module-quirks.patch
743-v5.5-net-sfp-add-some-quirks-for-GPON-modules.patch
bcm63xx:
022-v5.8-mtd-rawnand-brcmnand-correctly-verify-erased-pages.patch
024-v5.8-mtd-rawnand-brcmnand-fix-CS0-layout.patch
mediatek:
0402-net-ethernet-mtk_eth_soc-Always-call-mtk_gmac0_rgmii.patch
Deleted patches applied differently upstream:
generic:
641-sch_cake-fix-IP-protocol-handling-in-the-presence-of.patch
Manually merged patches:
generic:
395-v5.8-net-sch_cake-Take-advantage-of-skb-hash-where-appropriate.patch
bcm27xx:
950-0132-lan78xx-Debounce-link-events-to-minimize-poll-storm.patch
layerscape:
701-net-0231-enetc-Use-DT-protocol-information-to-set-up-the-port.patch
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2708, bcm27xx/bcm2711,
imx6, mvebu/cortexa9, sunxi/a53
Run-tested: Netgear R7800 (ipq806x)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-By: Lucian Cristian <Lucian.cristian@gmail.com> [mvebu]
Tested-By: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
[do not remove 395-v5.8-net-sch_cake-Take-advantage-... patch,
adjust and refresh patches, adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-By: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us> [ipq806x]
On Mikrotik SPI NOR devices, the firmware partition must be erased when
flashing from stock firmware, otherwise leftover bits (in particular a
kernel signature) can trigger a boot loop.
When booted from initramfs (the only way to install OpenWRT on these
devices), this patch unconditionally erases the firmware partition in
the do_upgrade() stage for all supported SPI NOR devices.
This is forward-ported from ed49d0876 and 20452a8db
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This reverts commit b1f6a5d9df.
In this particular case, the echo command was _not_ useless, but
converted the newlines back to spaces.
Add a comment into the code to make that obvious for the next one
looking at it like me.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The output is already produced in the inner $() brackets, no need
to catch and echo it again.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The node needs to be terminated by a semicolon.
Fixes: 8484a764df ("ath79: ar724x: make sure builtin-switch is
enabled in DT")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both TL-WPA8630(P) v1 and v2 feature a button labelled "WiFi".
While this is implemented as KEY_RFKILL for v1 in ar71xx and ath79,
the v2 sets it up as WPS button.
According to the manual, the behavior in OEM firmware is:
"Press and hold the button for 1 second to copy wireless settings
from the main router to the extender. Go to Wi-Fi Clone for more
information. Press and hold the button for at least 5 seconds to
turn the wireless function on or off."
Consequently, and since this is historic behavior on v1 in OpenWrt,
we set this button to KEY_RFKILL on both revisions.
Fixes: ab74def0db ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The moves a few additional common nodes to the common DTSI files
for qcom-ipq8064-v2.0 and qcom-ipq8065 devices.
Remove a few redundant definitions on the way.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
On ar7240/ar7241 the mdioX node with the builtin-switch is enabled
in the DTSI files, but the parent ethX node is left disabled. It
only gets enabled per device or device family, and has not been
enabled at all yet for the TP-Link WA devices with ar7240, making
the switch unavailable there.
This patch makes sure ð0/ð1 nodes are enabled together with
the &mdio0/&mdio1 nodes containing the builtin-switch.
For ar7240_tplink_tl-wa.dtsi, ð0 is properly hidden again via
compatible = "syscon", "simple-mfd";
This partially fixes FS#2887, however it seems dmesg still does
not show cable (dis)connect in dmesg for ar7240 TP-Link WA
devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The leds block was copied over from the RT-AC85P DTS to the common
DTSI while keeping the device-specific model name in the label.
This moves the LEDs back to the DTS files and adjusts the names to
properly resemble the model name of the devices used at, just like
it is handled on most other devices.
Fixes: 7c5f712e4f ("ramips: add support for Asus RT-AC65P")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This files have been emptied during subtarget consolidation, but
not removed. Remove them now.
Fixes: aff084adf3 ("at91: Merge SAMA5 subtargets")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Itus Networks Shield - 1Ghz dual-core mips64 / Cavium Octeon 3 SoC,
1Gb RAM, 4Gb eMMC,3 GbE 10/100/1000 ports
Information regarding device can be found:
https://deviwiki.com/wiki/Itus_Networks_Shield_Pro
Installing OpenWrt on Itus Networks Shield:
1) Boot Shield
2) On device: mount /dev/mmcblk1p1 /mnt
3) scp openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-initramfs-kernel.bin to
/mnt/ItusrouterImage
3a) Optionally: scp openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-initramfs-kernel.bin
to /mnt/ItusgatewayImage to allow you to have an emergency recovery
boot in the GATEWAY slot - this slot will have no permament storage and
is used for emergency recovery only when booted in the (G)ateway
position
4) On device: umount /mnt
5) reboot
Once booted, run the sysupgrade via cli or luCi on the
openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar file the mode
you are running.
Once rebooted, the system installation is complete. Your storage partition
for the mode is inialized and set.
Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
[cut out sysupgrade-* changes, move a few lines,
drop case CVMX_BOARD_TYPE_ITUS_SHIELD]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, the sysupgrade-* folder used during upgrade in octeon was
hardcoded to contain the board name. Therefore, changing board name
or BOARD_NAME variable in image/Makefile might have broken upgrade.
Improve this by adding a step to determine the folder name via
a wildcard, as it is done for generic nand_upgrade_tar() in
lib/upgrade/nand.sh.
While this still does not remove the problem for existing devices
(which still have the old script), it will entirely remove the
issue on newly added devices on this platform.
Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
[split into separate patch, add commit message, add return values]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This renames board patches to make finding devices easier
and reorders them based on their board.
The devices are grouped based on the board/cpu_id. New device
patches should be numbered based on their group.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ALLNET ALL-WAP02860AC is a dual-band wireless access point.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 3T3R integrated
5 GHz 3T3R QCA9880 Mini PCIe card
Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps AR8035-A, PoE capable (802.3at)
LEDS: 5x, which four are GPIO controlled
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
UART: 4 pin header near Mini PCIe card, starting count from white
triangle on PCB
1. VCC 3.3V, 2. GND, 3. TX, 4. RX
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
MAC addresses
Calibration data does not contain valid MAC addresses.
The calculated MAC addresses are chosen in accordance with OEM firmware.
Because of:
a) constrained environment (SNMP) when connecting through Telnet
or SSH,
b) hard-coded kernel and rootfs sizes,
c) checksum verification of kerenel and rootfs images in bootloder,
creating factory image accepted by OEM web interface is difficult,
therefore, to install OpenWrt on this device UART connection is needed.
The teardown is simple, unscrew four screws to disassemble the casing,
plus two screws to separate mainboard from the casing.
Before flashing, be sure to have a copy of factory firmware, in case You
wish to revert to original firmware.
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs-kernel image.
2. Connect to LAN port.
3. Connect to UART port.
4. Power on the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
5. Alter U-Boot environment with following commands:
setenv failsafe_boot bootm 0x9f0a0000
saveenv
6. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 <openwrt_initramfs-kernel_image_name>
bootm 0x81000000
7. Wait about 1 minute for OpenWrt to boot.
8. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
9. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt. Wait few
minutes, until the Power LED stops blinking, then it's ready for
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[add MAC address comment to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The malta subtargets for mips64 and mips64el fail to start the init process
at boot, resulting in a boot loop. The issue was raised and analyzed within
FS#3277. Investigation suggested code near the [vdso] memory area of the
process was long jumping into a region inaccessible to the process, e.g.
init: - preinit -
init: Launched preinit instance, pid=522
do_page_fault(): sending SIGSEGV to init for invalid read access from 0000000000000360
epc = 0000000000000360 in init[aaab42b000+4000]
ra = 000000fffee385e0 in
Kernel panic - not syncing: Attempted to kill init! exitcode=0x0000000b
Rebooting in 1 seconds..
Note the low-memory read access and epc are the same. Upstream kernel 5.6
included a relevant patch and discussion:
* d3f703c4359f ("mips: vdso: fix 'jalr t9' crash in vdso code")
Disassembly of the failing kernel's vdso.so confirmed presence of the
telltale long jumps, e.g.:
00000000000007c0 <__vdso_clock_getres@@LINUX_2.6>:
[...]
7dc: 0320f809 jalr t9
[...]
Restore booting mips64/mips64el malta by backporting the above commit:
* 310-v5.6-mips-vdso-fix-jalr-t9-crash-in-vdso-code.patch
Fixes: 54310a3aa0 ("malta: add kernel 5.4 config")
Fixes: FS#3277
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3277
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
This ports the TP-Link TL-WPA8630 v1 from ar71xx to ath79.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9563
CPU: 750 MHz
Flash/RAM: 8 / 128 MiB
Ethernet: 3x 1G ports (QCA8337 switch)
WLAN: 2.4 GHz b/g/n, 5 GHz a/n/ac (ath10k)
Buttons, LEDs and network setup appear to be almost identical
to the v2 revision.
Powerline interface is connected to switch port 5 (Label LAN4).
Installation:
No "fresh" device was available for testing the factory image.
It is not known whether flashing via OEM firmware GUI is possible
or not. A discussion from 2018 [1] about that indicates a few
adjustments are necessary, but it is not clear whether those
are already implemented with the TPLINK_HEADER_VERSION = 2 or not.
Note that for the TL-WPA8630P v1, the TPLINK_HWID needs to be
changed to 0x86310001 to allow factory flashing.
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/solved-tl-wpa8630p-lede-does-not-install/8161/27
Recovery:
Recovery is only possible via serial.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The commands to read ath9k caldata on mikrotik subtarget are
mostly repetitive, so let's put them into a function to make
writing and reading them easier.
This function will only be required when patching the MAC address.
For cases where it is put correctly into the calibration data by
the vendor, caldata_sysfsload_from_file can be used directly as
done for ath10k at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 760iGS router.
It is similar to the already supported RouterBOARD 750Gr3.
The 760iGS device features an added SFP cage, and passive
PoE out on port 5 compared to the RB750Gr3.
https://mikrotik.com/product/hex_s
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621A
- CPU: 880MHz
- Flash: 16 MB
- RAM: 256 MB
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps
- SFP cage
- USB port
- microSD slot
Unsupported:
- Beeper (requires PWM driver)
- ZT2046Q (ADS7846 compatible) on SPI as slave 1 (CS1)
The linux driver requires an interrupt, and pendown GPIO
These are unknown, and not needed with the touchscreen
only used for temperature and voltage monitoring.
ads7846 hwmon:
temp0 is degrees Celsius
temp1 is voltage * 32
GPIOs:
- 07: input passive PoE out (lan5) compatible (Mikrotik) device connected
- 17: output passive PoE out (lan5) switch
Installation through RouterBoot follows the usual MikroTik method
https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common
To boot to intramfs image in RAM:
1. Setup TFTP server to serve intramfs image.
2. Plug Ethernet cable into WAN port.
3. Unplug power, hold reset button and plug power in.
Wait (~25 seconds) for beep and then release reset button.
The SFP LED will be lit in RouterBoot, but will not be lit in OpenWRT.
4. Wait for a minute. Router should be running OpenWrt,
check by plugging in to port 2-5 and going to 192.168.1.1.
To install OpenWrt to flash:
1. Follow steps above to boot intramfs image in RAM.
2. Flash the sysupgrade.bin image with web interface or sysupgrade.
3. Once the router reboots you will be running OpenWrt from flash.
OEM firmware differences:
- RouterOS assigns a different MAC address for each port
- The first address (E01 on the sticker) is used for wan (ether1 in OEM).
- The next address is used for lan2.
- The last address (E06 on the sticker) is used for sfp.
[Initial port work, shared dtsi]
Signed-off-by: Vince Grassia <vincenzo.grassia@zionark.com>
[SFP support and GPIO identification]
Signed-off-by: Luka Logar <luka.logar@iname.com>
[Misc. fixes and submission]
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[rebase, drop uart3 from state_default on 750gr3, minor commit
title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This moves some common definitions for Mikrotik devices, mainly
routerboot partitions and reset key, to a common DTSI file.
While at it, remove unused hard_config DT label.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This beeper hardware requires a PWM driver for frequency selection.
Since the GPIO driver does not provide that, revert the beeper
support to a simple gpio-export.
This effectively reverts the corresponding changes from
6ba58b7b02 ("ramips: cleanup the RB750Gr3 support")
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This driver is only used by ipq806x SoCs. Move it there and drop
dependency from ipq40xx since it's not used anywere.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[rebase on changes to previous patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
- Replace nvmem qcom patch with upstream version
- Update compatible
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[refresh patches, minor commit message rewording]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
- Replace dwc3 phy patch with upstream version
- Rework the dts to use the upstream bindings
- Update changed config flags
- Rename module to reflect config name
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[fix qcom,tx-deamp_3_5db typo, refresh patches, rename kmod]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
The missing "size" property was acceptable in the context of a single
DTS as the underlying device is known to have a 64KB flash, and thus
the bios partition fit exactly between the preceding and following ones.
However as this block has moved in a DTSI, for the sake of clarity and
explicitness the size property is added to ensure that if the flash
happens to be larger than expected, the bios partition remains properly
sized.
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This harmonizes the appearance of ethX nodes in qca953x DTSes by:
- having the same order of nodes and properties
- removing redundant status property on eth1 (set in qca953x.dtsi)
This is meant to help both copy-pasters and reviewers, since
deviations and errors can be spotted easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After those symbols have been removed from generic kernel config,
they were added to the target config during every kernel config
refresh. As that's not desirable, add them back to the generic
config.
Fixes: d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel config symbols")
Fixes: cfe235c436 ("kernel: modules: add package kmod-iosched-bfq")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MikroTik SXT Lite5 (product code RBSXT5nDr2, also SXT 5nD r2) is
an outdoor 5GHz CPE with a 16 dBi integrated antenna built around the
Atheros AR9344 SoC. It is based on the "sxt5n" board platform.
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: Atheros AR9340 (SoC) 802.11a/n 2x2:2
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8229 switch (SoC), 1x 10/100 port,
8-32 Vdc PoE in
- 6 user-controllable LEDs:
· 1x power (blue)
· 1x wlan (green)
· 4x rssi (green)
- 1 GPIO-controlled buzzer
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBSXT5nDr2 for more details.
Notes:
The device was already supported in the ar71xx target. There, the
Ethernet port was handled by GMAC1. Here in ath79 it is handled by
GMAC0, which allows to get link information (loss, speed, duplex) on
the eth0 interface.
Flashing:
TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Acknowledgments:
Michael Pratt (@mpratt14) for helping on the network settings.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, use mikrotik LED label prefix, make names consistent,
add reg for bootloader2, use led_user for boot indication etc.,
minor cosmetic changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD-15s (mANTBox 15s) is an outdoor
antenna for 5 GHz with an built-in router. This ports the board from
ar71xx.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB921GS-5HPacD-15S for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: external QCA9892 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE in
- SFP: 1x host
Working:
- NAND storage detection
- Ethernet
- Wireless
- 1x user LED (blinks during boot, sysupgrade)
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade
Untested:
- SFP cage (probably not working)
Installation (untested):
- Boot initramfs image via TFTP and then flash sysupgrade image
As the embedded RB921-pcb is a stripped down version of the RB922 this patch
adds a common dtsi for this series and includes this to the final dts-files.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[move ath10k-leds closer to ath10k definition in DTS files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MikroTik RouterBOARD LHG 2nD (sold as LHG 2) is a 2.4 GHz
802.11b/g/n outdoor device with a feed and an integrated dual
polarization grid dish antenna based on the LHG-HB platform.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/lhg_2 for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR
- Wireless: Atheros AR9531 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 18 dBi antenna
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8229 (SoC), 1x 10/100 port, 12-28 Vdc PoE in
- 8 user-controllable LEDs:
· 1x power (blue)
· 1x user (green)
· 1x lan (green)
· 1x wlan (green)
· 4x rssi (green)
Note:
The rssihigh LED is disabled, as it shares GPIO 16 with the reset
button.
Flashing:
TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, remove rssiled setup, adjust commit message, add DTSIs]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
